34 60 05 - FMS 1M

UNS1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Technical Manual
The information contained herein is subject to Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
1994, 2010 UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
3260 East Universal Way Tucson, AZ 85756-5097 (520) 295-2300 (800) 321-5253
34-60-05
14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual
Record of Revisions
Rev. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Issue Date October 18, 1994 December 16, 1994 April 28, 1995 October 25, 1995 August 23, 1996 July 17, 2009 July 14, 2010 Insertion Date October 18, 1994 December 16, 1994 May 8, 1995 October 25, 1995 August 23, 1996 July 17, 2009 July 14, 2010 Initials UNC UNC UASC UASC UASC UASC UASC
Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of revision, insert and remove pages according to the List of Effective Pages. Then enter on this page the revision number, issue date, insertion date and your initials.
34-60-05
Page 1 14 July 2010
Record of Temporary Changes

Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also, record the removal of each temporary change.
Change No. Issue Date Insertion Date & Initials Removal Date & Initials
Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also, record the removal of each temporary change.
34-60-05
Page 1 17 July 2009
List of Effective Pages

Pages affected by the latest revision are indicated by an asterisk (*) preceding the page number.
Subject Title Page Record of Revisions Record of Temporary Changes List of Effective Pages Page * *1 1 *1 *2 *3 *4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Date 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 17 July 2009 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 FAA Approval Subject Page 11 12 13 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
Table of Contents
Introduction
Description and Operation
Equipment Specifications
Page 1 14 July 2010
UNS-1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL

Subject Page 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 Installation and Wiring 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 Subject Page 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 System Data Installation Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438
17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
Page 2 14 July 2010

Subject Page 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 Maintenance, Checkout, and Troubleshooting Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 Subject Page 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 *530 *531 *532 *533 *534 *535 *536 *537 *538 *539 *540 *541 *542 *543 *544 *545 *546 *547 *548 *549 *550 *551 *552 *553 *554 *555 *556 *557 *558 *559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 14 July 2010 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520
17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
Page 3 14 July 2010

Subject Page 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 Navigation Systems Fuel Flow Inputs 601 701 702 703 704 705 Date 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009 17 July 2009
Page 4 14 July 2010
Table Of Contents
Record of Revisions-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Record Of Temporary Revisions ----------------------------------------------------------- 1 List Of Effective Pages ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Table Of Contents ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Introduction ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. Makeup and Use of This Manual -------------------------------------------------------------------1 A. Application----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 B. Organization --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 2. Abbreviations and Terminology --------------------------------------------------------------------2
Description and Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1

1. Description --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 A. General --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 (1) Database ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 (2) Navigation Sensors------------------------------------------------------------------------3 (3) Best Computed Position ------------------------------------------------------------------3 (4) NMS Approach Mode [22.X] [23.X] ---------------------------------------------------4 (5) Sensor Monitoring and Integrity --------------------------------------------------------4 (6) Navigation and Steering Outputs --------------------------------------------------------4 (7) Fuel Management -------------------------------------------------------------------------4 (8) Display Pages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------5 (9) Vertical Navigation (VNAV) ------------------------------------------------------------5 (10) Flight Planning-----------------------------------------------------------------------------5 (11) UNS1M Functional Block Diagram ---------------------------------------------------6 B. Component Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------7 (1) Remote Annunciators -----------------------------------------------------------------------7 (2) Navigation Sensors --------------------------------------------------------------------------9 2. Operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 A. Alpha and Numeric Keys --------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 B. Control Keys ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 (1) [ON/OFF]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (2) [BRT](Bright)---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (3) [DIM] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (4) [MSG](Message) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 (5) [ENTER]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (6) [BACK] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (7) []------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11
CONTENTS
Page 1 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. Function Keys ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (1) [NAV]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (2) [DTO] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 (3) [FPL] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 (4) [FUEL]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 (5) [DATA] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 (6) [VNAV]----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 (7) [LIST]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 (8) [MNVR] ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 (9) [MENU] ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 D. Annunciators------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 (1) MSG Annunciator ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 (2) POS Annunciator ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13
FAA Approval------------------------------------------------------------------------------101
1. General ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101 A. Applicable TSOs ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 101 B. Applicable Advisory Circulars -------------------------------------------------------------- 101 C. Applicable Documents ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 D. Environmental Categories-------------------------------------------------------------------- 103 E. GPS TSO C129 Class B4 and C4 Considerations [20.X]-------------------------------- 103 (1) Flight Instrument Displays ------------------------------------------------------------ 103 (2) Operating Rules------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103 F. GPS TSO C129 Class A2, B2, and C2 Considerations [21.X] -------------------------- 103 (1) GPS Predictive RAIM ----------------------------------------------------------------- 103 (2) GPS Integrity Annunciator ------------------------------------------------------------ 104 G. GPS TSO C129 Class A1, B1, and C1 Considerations [22.X] -------------------------- 104 (1) Use of GPS During Approaches------------------------------------------------------ 104 (2) GPS Predictive RAIM ----------------------------------------------------------------- 105 (3) GPS Integrity Annunciator ------------------------------------------------------------ 105 H. GPS TSO C129a Class A1, B1, and C1 Considerations [23.X]------------------------- 105 (1) Use of GPS During Approaches------------------------------------------------------ 105 (2) GPS Predictive RAIM ----------------------------------------------------------------- 106 (3) GPS Integrity Annunciator ------------------------------------------------------------ 106 2. Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness, FAR 25.1529 ----------------------------------- 107 3. Environmental Qualification Forms------------------------------------------------------------- 107 UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module --------------------- 108 UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module --------------------- 110 UNS1Msp NMS Control Display Unit -------------------------------------------------------- 112 GPS Antenna P/N 10702 ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114 GPS Antenna P/N 10703 ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116
CONTENTS
Page 2 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual GPS Antenna P/N 10704 ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118 4. Sample Airplane Flight Manual Supplement [22.X]------------------------------------------ 120 Section I General------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123 A. Installation Description----------------------------------------------------------------------- 123 B. Lateral Navigation Approvals --------------------------------------------------------------- 123 C. Vertical Navigation Approval --------------------------------------------------------------- 124 Section 2 Limitations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124 A. Operators Manual ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124 B. System Position-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124 C. Data Base/Waypoint Verification ----------------------------------------------------------- 124 D. Long Range Sensors -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 E. Latitude Limits -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 F. Approach Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 G. Instrument Approaches ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 H. Navigation Equipment------------------------------------------------------------------------ 126 I. VNAV Altitude Reference ------------------------------------------------------------------- 126 J. Fuel Display ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126 K. DMEArc Display ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126 Section 3 Emergency And Abnormal Procedures ----------------------------------------------- 126 A. Emergency Procedures ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 126 B. Abnormal Procedures------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126 Section 4 Normal Procedures ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 127 A. Operation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127 B. Navigation Data Base Verification --------------------------------------------------------- 127 C. System Annunciators ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127 D. Aircraft Integration --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128 (1) Collins EHSI74 EHSI display of NMS Nav Information ----------------------- 128 (2) Enroute Flight Director and Autopilot Operation ---------------------------------- 128 (3) Approach Operation-------------------------------------------------------------------- 128 (4) Vertical Navigation -------------------------------------------------------------------- 128 Section 5 Performance Data ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 129
Equipment Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------- 201

1. Equipment Identification ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201 2. Part Numbers And Installation Kits ------------------------------------------------------------- 202 A. UNS1M P/N 1013XX0XX -------------------------------------------------------------- 202 B. Configuration Module P/N 10131 ---------------------------------------------------------- 202 C. Remote CDU P/N 1014XX----------------------------------------------------------------- 203
CONTENTS
Page 3 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual D. GPS Antenna P/N 10702, P/N 10703, and P/N 10704 ----------------------------------- 204 3. Circuit Board Locations -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205 A. UNS1M P/N 1013XX0XX -------------------------------------------------------------- 205 B. Remote CDU P/N 1014XX----------------------------------------------------------------- 206 4. Power Specifications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 207 5. UNS1M Hardware Interfaces------------------------------------------------------------------- 208 A. Digital ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 208 (1) ARINC 429(ARINC 571, 575, 743) ------------------------------------------------- 208 (2) ARINC 561 (output only) ------------------------------------------------------------- 209 (3) CSDB ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 209 (4) Remote CDU Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 (5) Test Monitor Port----------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 (6) Configuration Module ----------------------------------------------------------------- 210 (7) GPS Sensor Interface [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]----------------------------------------- 211 (8) Memory Card Interface ---------------------------------------------------------------- 212 B. Analog ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 212 (1) Inputs------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212 (2) Outputs----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213 C. Discrete ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215 (1) Inputs------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215 (2) Outputs----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215 D. Power Inputs ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216 6. ARINC Data Bus Inputs -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216 A. AHRS Input ARINC 429--------------------------------------------------------------------- 216 B. DADC Input ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 (1) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) -------------------------------------------------------------- 217 (2) ARINC 575------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 217 C. DME Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) ------------------------------------------------------ 217 D. FGS (BendixKing) Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]------------ 217 E. GPS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) ------------------------------------------------------- 218 F. GPS Input ARINC 429 (HiSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]------------------------------- 218 G. GPS/IRS Input ARINC 429 (HiSpeed) --------------------------------------------------- 219 H. GPS/OSS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) -------------------------------------------------- 220 I. GPS RAIM Input ARINC 429 (Hi And LoSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]----------- 221 J. IRS Input --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221 (1) ARINC 429 (Hi And LoSpeed)---------------------------------------------------- 221 (2) ARINC 571------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 222 K. LCS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) -------------------------------------------------------- 222 L. OSS Input -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 (1) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)--------------------------------------------------------------- 222
CONTENTS
Page 4 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) ARINC 571------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 223 M. Radar Input------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223 (1) ARINC 429(LoSpeed)---------------------------------------------------------------- 223 (2) ARINC 571------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 224 N. RRS Input(NoTACAN) ARINC 429(LoSpeed) --------------------------------------- 224 O. VOR Input ARINC 429(LoSpeed) -------------------------------------------------------- 224 7. ARINC Data Bus Outputs ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 225 A. ARINC 429 Outputs(Hi And LoSpeed) ------------------------------------------------- 225 B. ARINC 561 LoSpeed Outputs ------------------------------------------------------------- 227 C. ARINC 568 [23.X]---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228 D. ARINC 571 Outputs -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228 8. CSDB Bus ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 230 A. Inputs ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230 B. Outputs ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230 9. Wire And Cable Manufacturers------------------------------------------------------------------ 231 10. Drawings-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232 A. UNS1M NMS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232 B. Configuration Module P/N 10131 ---------------------------------------------------------- 234 C. Remote Control Display Unit P/N 1114XX---------------------------------------------- 236 D. GPS Antenna Drawing P/N 10702, P/N 10703, and P/N 10704 ------------------------ 237 (1) Installation Considerations ------------------------------------------------------------ 237 (2) Installation Instructions---------------------------------------------------------------- 238 (3) Specifications --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238 E. GPS Antenna (P/N 10706) ------------------------------------------------------------------- 239 (1) Installation Considerations ------------------------------------------------------------ 239 (2) Installation Instructions---------------------------------------------------------------- 240 (3) Specifications --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241
Installation and Wiring ------------------------------------------------------------------- 301

1. General ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301 A. Sensor/Equipment Compatibility/Selection ----------------------------------------------- 301 B. Form - Dimensions And Communications------------------------------------------------- 301 (1) Digital Inputs---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302 (2) Analog Inputs --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303 (3) Digital Outputs-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304 (4) Analog Outputs ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305 C. Remote Annunciators------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305 D. General Mounting Considerations ---------------------------------------------------------- 305
CONTENTS
Page 5 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual 2. UNS1M Interfaces ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305 A. UNS1M Wiring Diagram------------------------------------------------------------------- 306 B. UNS1M To CDI-500 P/N 50-0002-X1 Or 50-0002-X2-------------------------------- 312 C. UNS1M ARINC 419/571 Radar Interface - Bendix/King IU2023B------------------ 313 D. UNS1M, ARINC 571 Radar Data Interface---------------------------------------------- 314 E. ARINC 429 Radar Data Interface----------------------------------------------------------- 314 F. NCU To BFG Stormscope, WX1000E --------------------------------------------------- 315 G. Radio Interface -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315 (1) UNS1M To DME - Collins DME-42 With 2 X 5 Tuning ----------------------- 315 (2) UNS1M To DME - Single UNS1M, Single Collins DME-42 With Single CTL Head ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 316 (3) UNS1M to DME - Dual UNS1M, Dual Collins DME-42 With CTL Heads------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317 (4) UNS1M To VOR/DME Data - Sperry Primus II --------------------------------- 318 (5) UNS1M To NAV - Collins VIR-32 With 2 X 5 Or CTL Serial Tuning------- 319 (6) UNS1M To DME - Bendix DM-441( ), ARINC 429 Channeling-------------- 320 (7) UNS1M To DME - Foster DME-670/TX-670, ARINC 429 Channeling ----- 321 (8) UNS1M To DME - Single UNS1M, Single Collins DME-42 With Dual CTL Head ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 322 (9) UNS1M To NAV - Bendix VN-411( ), ARINC 429 Channeling -------------- 323 (10) NCU TO FGS - Collins APS-65, King Air C-90/B-200 -------------------------- 324 (11) Forced Capture Logic(Approach Flown Via Roll Command Only) ------------ 325 (12) Forced Capture Logic For Analog Flight Director/Autopilot--------------------- 326 H. UNS1M Pin Identification Chart ---------------------------------------------------------- 327 I. RCDU Pin Identification Chart-------------------------------------------------------------- 329
System Data Installation ------------------------------------------------------------------401

1. System Configuration for SCN 20.X------------------------------------------------------------ 401 A. Initialization Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 401 B. Data Menu Page ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 402 C. Configure 1/9Aircraft Name and Type -------------------------------------------------- 402 D. Configure 2/9ARINC Inputs and Outputs ---------------------------------------------- 403 E. Configure 3/9CSDB Inputs and Outputs ------------------------------------------------ 406 F. Configure 4/9Engines and Fuel Flow Type--------------------------------------------- 407 G. Configure 5/9Manual Fuel Flow --------------------------------------------------------- 408 H. Configure 5/9Linear DC Fuel Flow------------------------------------------------------ 409 I. Configure 5/9Pulse Freq Fuel Flow ----------------------------------------------------- 411 J. Configure 5/9Pulse Width Fuel Flow---------------------------------------------------- 412 K. Configure 6/9Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track ---------------------------------- 413 L. Configure 7/9ARINC Distance Output Format ---------------------------------------- 414 M. Configure 8/9GPS-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 414
CONTENTS
Page 6 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual N. Configure 9/9Store Configuration ------------------------------------------------------- 415 2. System Configuration for SCN 21.X------------------------------------------------------------ 416 A. Initialization Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 416 B. Data Menu Page ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 417 C. Maintenance Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 417 D. Configure 1/10Aircraft Name and Type ------------------------------------------------ 417 E. Configure 2/10ARINC Inputs and Outputs --------------------------------------------- 418 F. Configure 3/10CSDB Inputs and Outputs ---------------------------------------------- 420 G. Configure 4/10Engines and Fuel Flow Type ------------------------------------------- 421 H. Configure 5/10Manual Fuel Flow-------------------------------------------------------- 422 I. Configure 5/10Linear DC Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------------------- 422 J. Configure 5/10Pulse Freq Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------------------- 424 K. Configure 5/10Pulse Width Fuel Flow -------------------------------------------------- 425 L. Configure 6/10Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track --------------------------------- 426 M. Configure 7/10ARINC Distance Output Format --------------------------------------- 428 N. Configure 8/10GPS ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 429 O. Configure 9/10Aircraft Roll -------------------------------------------------------------- 430 P. Configure 10/10Store Configuration ---------------------------------------------------- 431 3. System Configuration for SCN 22.X------------------------------------------------------------ 432 A. Initialization Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 432 B. Data Menu Page ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 433 C. Maintenance Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 433 D. Configure 1/11Aircraft Name and Type ------------------------------------------------ 433 E. Configure 2/11ARINC Inputs and Outputs --------------------------------------------- 434 F. Configure 3/11CSDB Inputs and Outputs ---------------------------------------------- 437 G. Configure 4/11Engines and Fuel Flow Type ------------------------------------------- 438 H. Configure 5/11Manual Fuel Flow-------------------------------------------------------- 440 I. Configure 5/11Linear DC Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------------------- 441 J. Configure 5/11Pulse Freq Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------------------- 442 K. Configure 5/11Pulse Width Fuel Flow -------------------------------------------------- 443 L. Configure 6/11Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track --------------------------------- 444 M. Configure 7/11ARINC Distance Output Format --------------------------------------- 445 N. Configure 8/11Vertical Deviation-------------------------------------------------------- 446 O. Configure 9/11Aircraft Roll -------------------------------------------------------------- 447 P. Configure 10/11Pitch Command and Heading Select --------------------------------- 448 Q. Configure 11/11Store Configuration ---------------------------------------------------- 449 4. System Configuration for SCN 23.X------------------------------------------------------------ 450 A. Initialization Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 450
CONTENTS
Page 7 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Maintenance Page----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 451 Configure 1/11Aircraft Name and Type ------------------------------------------------ 451 Configure 2/11ARINC Inputs and Outputs --------------------------------------------- 452 Configure 3/11CSDB Inputs and Outputs ---------------------------------------------- 454 Configure 4/11Engines and Fuel Flow Type ------------------------------------------- 455 Configure 5/11Manual Fuel Flow-------------------------------------------------------- 457 Configure 5/11Linear DC Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------------------- 457 Configure 5/11Pulse Freq. Fuel Flow --------------------------------------------------- 459 Configure 5/11Pulse Width Fuel Flow -------------------------------------------------- 460 Configure 6/11Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track --------------------------------- 461 Configure 7/11ARINC Distance Output Format--------------------------------------- 462 Configure 8/11Vertical Deviation ------------------------------------------------------- 463 Configure 9/11Aircraft Roll -------------------------------------------------------------- 464 Configure 10/11Pitch Command and Heading Select --------------------------------- 465 Configure 11/11Store Configuration ---------------------------------------------------- 466
Maintenance, Checkout, and Troubleshooting -----------------------------------------501

1. Maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 501 A. Maintenance UNS1M P/N 1013-XX-0XX----------------------------------------------- 501 B. UNS1M Remote CDU P/N 1014XX ---------------------------------------------------- 501 2. Checkout -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 501 A. Self-Test Page --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 501 B. Initialization Test Outputs ------------------------------------------------------------------- 502 (1) Annunciators ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 502 (2) Initialization Procedure ---------------------------------------------------------------- 502 (3) Analog Test Outputs(Ground Test Only) [21.X] [22.X] -------------------------- 503 (4) ARINC 429 [22.X] --------------------------------------------------------------------- 503 (5) ARINC 561/568 Distance outputs [20.X] ------------------------------------------- 504 (6) ARINC 561/568 [22X] ---------------------------------------------------------------- 504 (7) ARINC 571 [22X]---------------------------------------------------------------------- 505 C. Display and Keyboard Dimming------------------------------------------------------------ 505 D. NCU Configuration Verification [20.X] --------------------------------------------------- 506 (1) Configuration Module Verification -------------------------------------------------- 506 (2) Configure 2/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 507 (3) Configure 3/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 507 (4) Configure 4/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 508 (5) Configure 5/9 Manual Fuel Flow----------------------------------------------------- 508 (6) Configure 5/9 Linear DC Fuel Flow ------------------------------------------------- 509 (7) Configure 5/9 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow ------------------------------------------ 509 (8) Configure 5/9 Pulse Width Fuel Flow ----------------------------------------------- 510 (9) Configure 6/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 510
CONTENTS
Page 8 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (10) Configure 7/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 511 (11) Configure 8/9 Airspeed and GPS----------------------------------------------------- 512 (12) Configure 9/9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 512 NCU Configuration Verification [21.X] --------------------------------------------------- 513 (1) Configuration Module Verification -------------------------------------------------- 513 (2) Configure 2/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 514 (3) Configure 3/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 514 (4) Configure 4/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 515 (5) Configure 5/10 Manual Fuel Flow --------------------------------------------------- 515 (6) Configure 5/10 Linear DC Fuel Flow------------------------------------------------ 515 (7) Configure 5/10 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------- 516 (8) Configure 5/10 Pulse Width Fuel Flow---------------------------------------------- 516 (9) Configure 6/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 517 (10) Configure 7/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 518 (11) Configure 8/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 518 (12) Configure 9/10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 519 (13) Configure 10/10 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 519 NCU Configuration Verification [22.X] --------------------------------------------------- 520 (1) Configuration Module Verification -------------------------------------------------- 520 (2) Configure 2/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 521 (3) Configure 3/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 521 (4) Configure 4/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 522 (5) Configure 5/11 Manual Fuel Flow --------------------------------------------------- 522 (6) Configure 5/11 Linear DC Fuel Flow------------------------------------------------ 522 (7) Configure 5/11 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow ---------------------------------------- 523 (8) Configure 5/11 Pulse Width Fuel Flow---------------------------------------------- 523 (9) Configure 6/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 524 (10) Configure 7/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 525 (11) Configure 8/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 525 (12) Configure 9/11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 526 (13) Configure 10/11 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 526 (14) Configure 11/11 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 527 Maintenance Features [20.X] [21.X] [22.X]----------------------------------------------- 528 (1) Address Page---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 528 (2) Message Page --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 528 (3) Software Version Page----------------------------------------------------------------- 529 (4) Selftest Log Page [22.X] -------------------------------------------------------------- 529 NCU Configuration Verification [23.X] --------------------------------------------------- 530 Maintenance Features [23.X] ---------------------------------------------------------------- 530 (1) Test Preparation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 530 (2) Examine Address Page ---------------------------------------------------------------- 530 (3) Software Version ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 531 (4) Message Log Page---------------------------------------------------------------------- 531
E.
F.
G.
H. I.
CONTENTS
Page 9 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (5) Self Test Log---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 532 (6) Static Outputs --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 533 (7) Static Test sequence-------------------------------------------------------------------- 533 (8) Dynamic Test Page--------------------------------------------------------------------- 535 (9) Approach Simulation ------------------------------------------------------------------ 535 (10) Enroute Simulation--------------------------------------------------------------------- 537 Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Displays------------------------------- 539 Checkout of Loran C Sensor----------------------------------------------------------------- 540 Checkout of Each Sensors Position vs. UNS1M Calculated Position --------------- 541 Checkout of GPIRS --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 542 (1) Initialization----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 542 (2) Label 273 Autonomous GPS Status-------------------------------------------------- 544 (3) Label 274 Hybrid GPS Status--------------------------------------------------------- 545 Checkout of GPS GPS950, GPS1000, GPS-1200---------------------------------- 546 (1) Initialization----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 546 (2) The GPS# Status page [20.X] [21.X] ------------------------------------------------ 546 (3) The GPS# Status page [22.X] [23.X] ------------------------------------------------ 547 (4) The GPS# Blackball page [22.X] [23.X] -------------------------------------------- 549 (5) The GPS Satellite AZ/EL page [23.X] ---------------------------------------------- 549 (6) The GPS# Diagnostic page [22.X] [23.X] ------------------------------------------ 550 (7) Label 273 GPS Diagnostics ----------------------------------------------------------- 551 (8) Label 277 GPS Diagnostics ----------------------------------------------------------- 552 Checkout of UNS1M Internal GPS-------------------------------------------------------- 553 (1) Initialization----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 553 (2) The internal GPS status page [20.X] [21.X] ---------------------------------------- 553 (3) Diagnostic Word [20.X] --------------------------------------------------------------- 555 (4) The internal GPS status page [22.X] [23.X] ---------------------------------------- 556 (5) The blackball page [22.x] [23.X]----------------------------------------------------- 557 (6) The GPS Satellite AZ/EL page [23.X] ---------------------------------------------- 558 (7) The GPS# Diagnostic page [22.X] [23.X] ------------------------------------------ 559 (8) Label 273 GPS Diagnostics ----------------------------------------------------------- 560 (9) Label 277 GPS Diagnostics ----------------------------------------------------------- 561 Ground Checkout of Approach Mode [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] ---------------------------- 562 (1) Required Equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------- 562 (2) Test Equipment Set Up ---------------------------------------------------------------- 562 (3) Initialization ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 562 (4) Creating the Approach ----------------------------------------------------------------- 563 (5) Linking Approach Into Flight Plan--------------------------------------------------- 566 (6) Selecting Approach Mode and Checking Annunciation -------------------------- 567 (7) Inputting Manual HDG ---------------------------------------------------------------- 568 (8) Analysis of Approach Mode Display, Aircraft Static --------------------------- 568 (9) Analysis of Approach Mode Display, Aircraft In Flight ----------------------- 568
J. K. L. M.
N.
O.
P.
CONTENTS
Page 10 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Q. NAV Receiver Shutdown -------------------------------------------------------------------- 569 3. Troubleshooting------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 570 A. Self-Test ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 570 B. Initialization Page ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 571 C. Self-Test Output Checkout------------------------------------------------------------------- 571 D. Configuration Module Checkout ------------------------------------------------------------ 571 E. Flight Plan Checkout ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 572 (1) Flight Plan - NCU Output To HSI Checkout --------------------------------------- 572 (2) Flight Plan - DIST/GS Check--------------------------------------------------------- 572 (3) Flight Plan - HSI From Check -------------------------------------------------------- 572 (4) Flight Plan - DIST/BRG Check ------------------------------------------------------ 572 (5) Flight Plan - Roll Steering Check ---------------------------------------------------- 572 F. Input of a Selected Crosstrack Check ------------------------------------------------------ 573 G. DME Checkout -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 573 H. Winds Display Checkout --------------------------------------------------------------------- 573 I. Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Display -------------------------------- 573 J. Checkout of Omega Sensor Status and Heading Display -------------------------------- 574 K. Checkout of Sensor Lat/Long Coordinates vs. UNS1M-Calculated Position ------- 574 L Strut Switch Position Check ----------------------------------------------------------------- 574 M. Antenna Type Check ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 574 N. H-Field Antenna Orientation Check -------------------------------------------------------- 574 O. True Airspeed Check ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 P. Ground Speed Check ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 Q. True Heading Check -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 R. GPS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 S. Maintenance Selftest-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 T. Ground Checkout of Approach Mode ------------------------------------------------------ 576 U. NAV Receiver Shutdown ------------------------------------------------------------------ 576 V. Synchros and Resolvers -------------------------------------------------------------------- 577
Navigation Systems ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 601

1. Scheduled Maintenance Periods of Navigation Systems ------------------------------------- 601 A. DGPS Maintenance Schedules -------------------------------------------------------------- 601 B. GPS Maintenance Schedules ---------------------------------------------------------------- 601 C. LORAN Maintenance Schedules------------------------------------------------------------ 601
Fuel Flow Inputs--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 701

1. Fuel Flow Sensors --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 701 2. Fuel Flow Wiring ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 702 A. Intertechnique Fuel Flow--------------------------------------------------------------------- 701
CONTENTS
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. C. D. E. IDC, CMC Eldec, Ragen, X & O Engineering, Gull, Amtek, or Howell -------------- 702 Learjet/J.E.T. Fuel Management (Pulse) --------------------------------------------------- 703 Learjet DC Fuel Management (0-10 Vdc) ------------------------------------------------- 703 Amtek DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N VSDLOC208B, (Cessna P/N 9914095-3)in Cessna Citation II--------------------------------------------- 704 F. X & O Engineering DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N PC900-1A0800PH01A1,in Sikorsky S-76 ------------------------------------------- 704 G. Ametek/U.S. Gauge DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N VSDL-0CS0C/E, (Cessna P/N 9912147-14/16) in Cessna S/II ---------------------------------------------- 705
CONTENTS
Introduction
1.
A.
Makeup and Use of This Manual

Application This Technical Manual for the UNS1M Navigation Management System (NMS) is applicable to the components and Software Control Numbers (SCN) noted below. The Software Control Number is stamped on the component Data Plate.
UNS1M NMS P/N 1013-2X-0XX P/N 1013-4X-0XX P/N 1013-4X-0XX UNS1M NMS P/N 1013-4X-0XX SOFTWARE SCN 20.X SCN 21.X SCN 22.X SOFTWARE SCN 23.X TSO C-129 CLASS B4 C4 A2 B2 C2 A1 B1 C1 TSO C-129a CLASS A1 B1 C1
TSO C-129 TSO C-129a CLASSIFICATION Approved for Enroute Approved for Terminal Approved for Approach Integrity through RAIM imbedded in GPS receiver Integrity monitored through comparison with other sensors in a multi-sensor system Special HSI deviation required: 5 NM Enroute 1 NM Terminal 0.3 NM Approach Standard HSI deviation with Flight Director commands (Part 121 aircraft only)
STANDALONE GPS SYSTEM A1 A2
REMOTE GPS SENSOR INTERFACED TO A MULTI-SENSOR NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. Organization This Technical Manual provides the information about: Description and operation of the components of the UNS1M NMS. FAA Approval including Environmental Qualification Forms. Equipment Specifications to support selection of compatible peripherals and planning for the installation of UNS1M NMS components. Detailed installation and wiring requirements. Procedures for installing system data including configuring the UNS1M Configuration Module. Maintenance, Checkout, and Troubleshooting of the UNS1M NMS and peripheral sensors. Navigation Systems Fuel Flow Inputs to the UNS1M for various sensors.
2.
Abbreviations and Terminology

This manual contains no abbreviations or terms that have varying interpretations throughout the industry. However, because of CDU display limitations, we have truncated or otherwise abbreviated some words in the display pages. We believe that the user will understand the meaning of such abbreviations. Use of the term CDU refers to either the UNS1M or the Remote CDU. Where it is necessary to refer to one or the other CDU but not both, the specific unit is identified. We use two terms to refer to P/N 1014XX. One is Control Display Unit (CDU), the other is Remote Control Display Unit (Remote CDU or RCDU). Both terms and their abbreviations are equally valid. The front panels of both the UNS1M and the Remote CDU contain an array of push buttons or keys that are used by the pilot to operate the system. Instructions in this manual refer to specific keys by name. We bracket the legend on the key in the text. Examples: [], [ENTER], [A]. The symbols [20.X], [21.X], [22.X], and [23.X] indicate passages that apply to specific versions of the UNS1M software.
INTRODUCTION
Page 2 17 July 2009
Description and Operation

1.
A.
Description
General The UNS1M Navigation Management System (NMS) is a fully integrated navigation management system designed to provide the pilot with centralized control for the aircrafts navigation sensors, computer based flight planning, and fuel management. The UNS1M unit consists of a flat panel liquid crystal display, alpha-numeric and function keys, a GPS sensor and master computer, all housed in a single, cockpit panel/pedestal Dzus mounted box. Position information is accepted from up to three long range sensors (in addition to the internal GPS receiver) and VOR/DME to determine the one best computed position. This position is used for navigating the aircraft along the programmed flight plan and, with appropriate hardware and software, during pilot defined approaches. The fuel management function accepts two engine fuel flow inputs from the aircrafts fuel flow sensors and uses these, along with data supplied by the pilot, to continuously update and display fuel management information during flight and to assist the pilot in planning fuel requirements while on the ground. The UNS1M is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module. The Configuration Module will normally be mounted on the UNS1M wire harness connector. At the time of installation, the configuration module is programmed via the UNS1M keypad inputs to completely define the sensor inputs, fuel flow, air data etc.
UNS1M Navigation Management System
34-60-05
Page 1 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (1) Database The UNS1M NAV Data Base (using Jeppesen navigational data) is contained in a flash memory card which inserts into the front of the CDU. The NAV Data Base is updated each cycle by simply inserting a new flash memory card into the slot on the front of the UNS1M. [20.X] [21.X] The worldwide data base contains runways 4,000 feet and 87,000 waypoints and navaids. [22.X] The UNS1M provides the following database options with SCN 22.X: (a) (b) WORLDWIDE The worldwide data base contains runways 4,000 feet and 87,000 waypoints and navaids. WORLDWIDE WITHOUT EEU, MES, AFR, and SPA . This option covers the following regions: EUR, CAN, USA, LAM, SAM, and PAC. This option includes runways 2,000 feet. WORLDWIDE WITHOUT LAM and SAM. This option covers the following regions: EUR, EEU, MES, AFR, PAC, SPA, CAN, and USA. This option includes runways 2,000 feet.
(C)
[23.X] The UNS1M provides the following database options with SCN 23.X: (a) WORLDWIDE (all ten ARINC geographical areas) Airports (runways 2,000 ft) with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal waypoints Both high and low altitude airways (b) WORLDWIDE (all ten ARINC geographical areas) Airports (runways 4,000 ft) with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal waypoints Both high and low altitude airways (C) NORTH AMERICAN HELICOPTER Eastern Region Helicopter area (bounded by N50, W95, N23, and W65) Airports with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal way points Airways
34-60-05
Page 2 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Canada (CAN) Airports (runways 2000 ft) with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal waypoints Both high and low altitude airways Latin America (LAM) Airports (runways 2000 ft) with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal waypoints Both high and low altitude airways South America (SAM) Airports (runways 2000 ft) with plain language references VHF and NDB navaids with plain language references Enroute and terminal waypoints Both high and low altitude airways (2) Navigation Sensors The UNS1M has the capability to use IRS/INS, LORAN and GPS sensors and a scanning DME to determine the aircrafts position. During VOR or RNAV approaches, the UNS1M uses VOR. Because each type of navigation sensor has unique capabilities and functions, the type and number of sensors can be tailored to optimize the users specific operational requirements. The user may choose from GPS (internal and external), LORAN-C (LCS), and laser or gyro referenced inertial (IRS) navigation sensors. In addition to the navigational inputs, the system also receives true airspeed and altitude information from an air data computer as well as fuel flow data from the aircrafts fuel flow sensors. Best Computed Position The UNS1M Best Computed Position is determined by using position inputs from all available navigation sensors including DME distance information from a scanning DME when available. The system searches the NAV Data Base to determine which DME stations are within range (approximately 300 NM) and then sequentially tunes each station. By interrogating multiple DME stations at a four-second rate, knowing the geographic coordinates of each station, and correcting the distance computation for slant range using station elevation and aircraft altitude, the UNS1M is able to compute the position of the aircraft. This DME derived position is then integrated with position information from the GPS, LORAN-C, and Inertial sensors, radial from the VOR (approach mode only), TAS from the air data computer, and heading information to derive the Best Computed Position as a Kalman filtered solution of the various sensor inputs. If the aircraft is out of DME range, the UNS1M will rely upon the long range sensors for position information. After the Best Computed Position is obtained, secondary navigational functions such as course to
(3)
34-60-05
Page 3 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual waypoint, ETA, distance to waypoint, wind, and groundspeed are computed for display. (4) NMS Approach Mode [22.X] [23.X] The UNS1M NMS non-precision approach mode provides the operator with ILSlike features for flying VOR, RNAV, NDB, GPS, and VFR NMS approaches. During an NMS approach, the system provides signals like those of an ILS for flight director or autopilot coupled approaches. The current navigation mode conditions are imposed on the approach types as follows: RNAV or VOR approaches mode must be DME/DME, DME/VOR, GPS or GPS-DME and GPS RAIM is available. VFR approaches any mode is acceptable. NOTE: (5) Loran-C and GPS without RAIM are not approved for approach mode.
Sensor Monitoring and Integrity A sensor watchdog automatically protects against a large error being input from a navigation sensor which could cause an error in the best computed position. This is accomplished by continuously monitoring the difference between the sensor computed position and the UNS1Ms Best Computed Position. If the difference exceeds a preset value, the watchdog will activate the appropriate messages to alert the pilot. Additionally, a sensor monitor will detect any sensor that is rapidly diverging from the NMS position, and will deselect that sensor before it can affect the NMS position. Navigation and Steering Outputs The UNS1M provides desired track, bearing, crosstrack, lateral and vertical deviation, distance and related data to the flight guidance system for the HSI displays, and roll steering command for the autopilot/flight director system. Roll limits are configurable and may be tailored to suit airplane or helicopter applications. Fuel Management The aircrafts engine fuel flow system (up to two engine, DC, pulse width, pulse frequency) provides the inputs necessary to integrate real-time fuel management information with the navigational functions. During the predeparture phase, the pilot inputs the fuel on board the aircraft to initialize the fuel management functions. During flight, the UNS1M automatically updates the fuel on board and gross weight as well as provides continuous estimates of the fuel requirements for the programmed flight plan based upon fuel flow and groundspeed. The UNS1M also provides specific range and endurance data to aid the pilot in optimizing fuel consumption to obtain maximum range or endurance. NOTE: The Fuel Flow management information provided by the UNS1M NMS has not been evaluated to the requirements of TSO C44a (FUEL FLOWMETERS). Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel flow gauges for fuel load and range planning.
(6)
(7)
34-60-05
Page 4 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (8) Display Pages The data displayed on the UNS1M is logically organized onto selectable display pages under the ten functions: DATA, FPL, NAV, VNAV, DTO, FUEL, LIST, MENU, MSG and MNVR. Pages within each function are sequentially placed in the order of usefulness or priority. The LIST and MENU functions both augment the pilot friendly operation and increase data input accuracy. Vertical Navigation (VNAV) A nine-waypoint VNAV flight plan is available under the VNAV function. When the pilot enters target altitudes for the flight plan waypoints, the computer will continuously calculate and display both the vertical speed required to obtain the target altitude and the altitude error. Up to nine VNAV waypoints may be selected from the flight plan (waypoints not on the flight plan will not be accepted). The VNAV sequence does not define a lateral flight path. NOTE: The enroute VNAV function and outputs to the glideslope deviation pointer are advisory only and may not be coupled to the autopilot. If the altitude input becomes invalid or is not baro-corrected below 18,000 feet, the ADC is deselected, or a manual altitude is entered and the aircraft is on or enters a VNAV leg, the system will automatically exit the VNAV mode and all vertical waypoints will be canceled. If any of these occur prior to entering a VNAV leg, the VNAV page will not be canceled and the VNAV data on the page may be used for planning purposes. (10) Flight Planning Flight planning is accomplished by accessing the internal navigation data base which includes both subscription data, e.g., Jeppesen navigational data base and pilotdefined data. The pilot selects from waypoints, routes, airways, arrivals and departures, approaches and runways to create the desired flight plan. The most complicated flight plan can be generated by the pilot with only a few key strokes. These operations are accomplished by selecting the appropriate data from computertailored lists, thus eliminating the need to type in actual or other time consuming data from the keyboard and reducing entry errors.
(9)
34-60-05
Page 5 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (11) UNS1M Functional Block Diagram The figure below depicts the use of all available long range navigation sensors and does not represent any given installation. Dual independent UNS1Ms can also be installed as well as other possible configurations.
FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM GPS ANTENNA CONFIG MODULE FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS LONG RANGE NAV SENSOR LONG RANGE NAV SENSOR LONG RANGE NAV SENSOR
INTERNAL GPS
DME
VOR
AIR DATA
FUEL FLOW (DC or Pulse)
CABIN DISPLA Y SYSTEM
HEADING (ANALOG)
UNS1M Functional Block Diagram The UNS1M NMS can accept the following inputs in any combination: Global Positioning System (GPS) two. Only one external GPS sensor may be used with UNS1M internal GPS.
NOTE:
Inertial Reference Sensors (IRS or IRGPS) - three IRGPS sensors are limited to two with UNS1M internal GPS.
NOTE:
LORAN-C Sensor (LCS) - one Engine Fuel Flow Sensors - 1 or 2 engine Air Data Computer (ADC) - one Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) - one multi-channel DME
34-60-05
Page 6 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual VOR Receiver - one digital VOR receiver (approach mode only) Radar Joystick input for waypoint definition - one AHRS (Bendix or Collins) - one
INTERNAL GPS FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS INTERNAL GPS
CONFIG MODULE
CONFIG MODULE
GPS ANTENNA
UNIVERSAL
AIR DATA
UNIVERSAL
GPS ANTENNA
DME
HEADING (ANALOG)
DME
VOR FUEL FLOW (DC or Pulse)
VOR
IRS OR GPIRS
GPS
LCS
RADAR
CD-2000
Dual Independent UNS1M Functional Block Diagram B. Component Description The basic UNS1M installation consists of a Control Display Unit (CDU) (which contains the navigation computer and a GPS card), a Configuration Module (mounted on the P1 rear connector of the CDU), a multi-channel scanning DME, long range sensors, and remote panel annunciators. A Remote CDU (P/N 1114XX) may be included to allow access to displays and controls from a second location. Both units have the same capabilities for display and control. The latest input from either unit controls the NCU and the identical display shown on both CDU displays. If different displays are required at each location then two UNS1M units are required in a dual installation. (1) Remote Annunciators The UNS1M NMS provides outputs to remote annunciators. The annunciators provide the following remote advisories: Message (MSG), NMS Approach (NMS APPR), NMS Heading (NMS HDG), Waypoint Alert (WPT), Selected Crosstrack (SXTK), NMS Position Uncertain (POS), and GPS Integrity Uncertain(GPS). The exact nomenclature and location of these annunciators may vary from installation to installation.
34-60-05
Page 7 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (a) MSG (Message) Annunciator The MSG Annunciator will come on and flash in conjunction with the MSG light on the front panel. A flashing MSG light indicates that a message has become active on the message page. NMS APPR (Approach) Annunciator The NMS Approach Annunciator will come on whenever the approach mode navigation option has been selected. When the annunciator is on, the flight director and autopilot outputs are referenced to waypoints on a pilot defined approach. The annunciator will remain on until the approach mode is canceled. NMS HDG (Heading) Annunciator The NMS Heading Annunciator will come on whenever the heading mode navigation option has been selected. When the annunciator is on, the NMS flight director and autopilot outputs are referenced to a pilot selected heading rather than to the active FR-TO Nav leg. The NMS HDG Annunciator will remain on until the heading mode is either automatically or manually canceled. WPT (Waypoint Alert) Annunciator The WPT Annunciator will come on prior to lateral and vertical leg changes. When the light comes on, pushing the MSG key will display the appropriate message on the CDU. The light will automatically go out when the leg change occurs. The annunciator will come on steady for approximately two minutes before the waypoint on a navigation leg (lateral or vertical), and will come on steady for approximately 15 seconds during an approach, holding or tactical leg. SXTK (Selected Crosstrack) Annunciator The SXTK Annunciator will come on when a parallel course has been selected for the current navigation leg. The SXTK Annunciator will remain on until the parallel course is canceled manually or automatically at the next leg change. (f) POS (NMS Position Uncertain) Annunciator The POS Annunciator will come on when the NMS position Q factor exceeds the limits for the current NMS operating mode (g) GPS INTEG (GPS Integrity Uncertain) Annunciator The GPS Integrity Uncertain Annunciator will come on when the integrity for all GPS sensors does not meet integrity criteria. NOTE: Installation of the GPS INTEG annunciator is not required for SCN 20.X and the non-RAIM GPS sensor. The GPS INTEG annunciator or EFIS annunciation in primary field of view is required for SCN 21.X and subsequent supporting a RAIM GPS sensor.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
34-60-05
Page 8 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) Navigation Sensors The UNS1M may be interfaced with up to three long range sensors from the following list: GPS, LORAN-C Sensor (LCS), Inertial Reference Sensors (IRS), and GPIRS. (a) Global Positioning System (GPS) [20.X] The UNS1M contains an internal GPS receiver which acts essentially the same as an external GPS sensor. This GPS card is a parallel five channel receiver. Time to first fix is usually less than 30 seconds. An external GPS sensor may also be configured. [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] The UNS1M contains an internal RAIM GPS receiver which acts essentially the same as an external GPS sensor. This GPS card is a parallel twelve channel receiver. Time to first fix is usually less than 30 seconds. An external GPS sensor with RAIM may also be configured. (b) LORAN-C Sensor (LCS) Our LORAN-C Sensor is designed to interface with the UNS1M and add its extremely accurate latitude/longitude position to the other inputs. Physically, the LCS is a black box and an antenna. Operationally, the LCS is a fully automatic multiple chain LORAN-C Sensor which works with all present and future LORAN-C chains. The LCS is capable of simultaneously using all available stations in up to three LORAN-C chains in a true multiple station, multiple chain navigation solution. (c) Inertial Reference Sensors (IRS) The Inertial Reference Sensors are designed around either conventional gyroscopes or the ring-laser gyroscopes. Inertial sensors will accept latitude/longitude position information from the UNS1M only during the IRSs alignment mode (during UNS1M initialization procedure). Manually updating the inertial sensor position information while enroute is not necessary. (d) GPIRS Combination GPS/IRS Sensors are able to provide position and velocity data that take advantage of the best attributes of individual GPS and IRS Sensors. GPS data has good long term accuracy (i.e., it does not degrade with elapsed time). However, the data can have short term perturbations due to aircraft maneuvering or poor satellite geometry. IRSs on the other hand have excellent short term position resolution, however, they will tend to drift with time. A GPIRS will output three different sets of data: pure GPS, pure IRS, and hybrid GPS/IRS. It is the latter data that is used by the UNS1M NMS. Hybrid GPS/IRS data will exhibit the long term accuracy of GPS, and will also exhibit the short term accuracy of an IRS during those periods of poor GPS performance.
34-60-05
Page 9 17 July 2009
2.
Operation
The UNS1M keyboard consists of Alpha and Numeric Keys, Control Keys, and Function Keys.
UNIVERSAL
MSG MSG
POS DATA
ON OFF
DTO
MNVR
NAV BRT FPL DIM LIST
VNAV
FUEL
MENU
A H O V
B I P W
C J Q X
D K R Y
E L S Z
F M T
G N U
1 4 7
BACK
2 5 8 0
3 6 9
ENTER
Front Panel
34-60-05
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual A. Alpha and Numeric Keys The Alpha and Numeric Keys are used to input characters into a variable field indicated by the cursor. B. Control Keys (1) [ON/OFF] Pushing this key for initial power-up will energize the system and initiate self test of the internal computer. To turn off the system, this same key is pushed and system power is removed after confirmation. [BRT] (Bright) Pushing this key will cause the display to steadily brighten while the key is held down. [DIM] Pushing this key will cause the display to steadily dim while the key is held down. [MSG] (Message) When a system message becomes active, the MSG Light, on the face of the UNS 1M, will come on. Pushing [MSG] will display the MESSAGE Page listing messages since the page was last accessed. [ENTER] Pushing [ENTER] will enter data which has been input to the cursor field. [BACK] This key is used to back up and change entries during the input process. It can also be used, when not in the entry process, to back up to the previous page or function. [] This key is used to change + to -, N to S, etc., or to toggle menu selections. The [] key is used to insert a space when entering aircraft name during configuration. Some functions have multi-page displays. When the cursor is not on the current page, the [] key may be used to page forward within the function.
(2)
(3) (4)
(5) (6)
(7)
C.
Function Keys (1) [NAV] The NAV function and pages display all the navigation data normally required by the pilots, as well as provide a means of altering the flight path for the current navigation leg. The navigational data displayed includes the current FR (from), TO (to), and NX (next) waypoints from the flight plan; the ETE, distance, course, and bearing to the TO waypoint; the parallel crosstrack left or right of the course; the wind direction and speed, the wind drift angle; and the current groundspeed. The NAV mode allows the pilot to define and fly a parallel course, to select and fly a heading, to track a Page 11 17 July 2009
34-60-05
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual predetermined radial using a pseudo-VORTAC, or to fly an approach. Additionally, a page is provided for each navigation sensor showing the UNS1Ms Best Computed Position, the individual sensors computed position, and the difference between the two. These pages can be used for updating the sensor computed position. (2) [DTO] The DTO (direct to) function is specifically dedicated to changing the flight plan in response to direct to clearances. If the direct to location is off the flight plan, provisions are made to link the location into the flight plan. [FPL] The FPL pages are used to construct, modify, or view the flight plan or stored routes. The flight plan and routes can be displayed in several formats selectable by the pilot. Route planning pages for each route allow the pilot to vary such parameters as fuel flow and groundspeed and view the effects on ETA, ETE, fuel required, and minimum fuel. [FUEL] The FUEL pages provide access to all fuel management functions. During the predeparture phase, the pilot uses three of the FUEL pages to input the fuel on board, calculate the aircrafts gross weight, and construct a reserves plan for the trip. During flight, the UNS1M will automatically update the fuel used and fuel remaining values and provide estimates of the fuel required for the planned trip and fuel remaining over the destination. Estimates of the range and endurance given the present fuel flow, TAS, and groundspeed are also provided. Specific range is presented in both AIR NM/lb. and GND NM/lb. formats. By adjusting speed or altitude to maximize the specific range figures, the pilot can be assured of achieving the minimum fuel burn for the flight. NOTE: The Fuel Flow management information provided by the UNS1M NMS has not been evaluated to the requirements of TSO C44a (FUEL FLOWMETERS). Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel flow gauges for fuel load and range planning. The fuel flow rate is set to zero when there is no input from the fuel flow sensing system and the UNS1M NMS is configured for pulse frequency fuel flow processing. (5) [DATA] The DATA function is used to obtain information and status about the UNS1M, its NAV Data Base, and the systems sensors. Although sensor control is totally automatic, selection and deselection of individual sensors may be accomplished through this function. The DATA function is also used to input manual TAS, altitude, heading, or magnetic variation if required, and is used to make additions, deletions, or changes to pilot defined locations.
(3)
(4)
34-60-05
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (6) [VNAV] The Vertical Navigation function allows the flight crew to define a desired vertical flight profile along the flight plan route. It then computes the aircraft deviation from that profile for display. [LIST] The LIST function is used during data entry. Pushing [LIST] during data entry will present a list of selections appropriate to the entry to be made. [MNVR] Pushing the [MNVR] key accesses the MNVR page, which allows selection of heading mode, parallel crosstrack, P/VOR, holding patterns [22.X] [23.X], or approach mode. The APPROACH option will only appear if the aircraft is within 30 NM [20.X] and [21.X] or 50 NM [22.X] [23.X] of the end of approach. In systems configured for heading mode, CANCEL APPR will be option #4 while in approach mode. Selected crosstrack will not be available during approach mode. The desired option is entered at the cursor location to initialize the appropriate procedure. [MENU] This key is used to access menu pages available within the above functions.
(7)
(8)
(9)
D.
Annunciators Two annunciators are located on the UNS1M Keyboard at the top of the Function Keys. (1) MSG Annunciator The Message annunciator will come on and flash to indicate that a message has become active on the message page. The message annunciator will come on steady while a message is active after all new messages have been accessed. The message is accessed by pushing the MSG Control Key. The message along with the appropriate action will be displayed on the flat panel display. POS Annunciator The POS Annunciator will come on when the NMS position Q factor exceeds the limits for the current NMS operating mode. A quality factor Q of 28 triggers this annunciator within 300 NM of DME sources. In approach mode, a Q of 10 or 5 may also trigger this annunciator depending upon the distance from the end-ofapproach point. A Q of 60 triggers the annunciator outside of DME range, unless operating on valid IRSs only. In the event the POS annunciator comes on under these conditions, the annunciator can be turned off and the Q reset to a lower number by selecting the HOLD function (from DATA MENU) and then verifying the UNS1M best computed position. This action will deactivate the POS message.
(2)
34-60-05
FAA Approval
1. General
Installation approval of the UNS1M NMS System is being accomplished under a variety of STCs. For a new installation to be eligible for installation approval, it will be necessary to apply to the FAA for an STC, or to utilize an existing STC. A. Applicable TSOs (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) TSO C115 6/12/86: Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multisensor Inputs. TSO C115a 2/22/91: [20.X] Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multi sensor Inputs. TSO C115b 9/30/94: [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multisensor Inputs. TSO C129 12/10/92: [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] Airborne Supplemental Navigation Equipment using the Global Positioning System. TSO C129a 2/20/96: [23.X] Airborne Supplemental Navigation Equipment using the Global Positioning System. NOTE: The Fuel Flow management information provided by the UNS1M NMS has not been evaluated to the requirements of TSO C44a (FUEL FLOWMETERS). Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel flow gauges for fuel load and range planning.
B.
Applicable Advisory Circulars (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) AC 20101C September 12, 1988: Omega and Omega/VLF Navigation Systems Approvals for use in the conterminous United States and Alaska. AC 20121A August 24, 1988: Airworthiness Approval of Airborne LoranC Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System. AC 20130 September 12, 1988: Airworthiness Approval of MultiSensor Navigation Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System (NAS) and Alaska. AC 20130A June 14, 1995: Airworthiness Approval of MultiSensor Navigation Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System (NAS) and Alaska. AC 20129 September 12, 1988: Airworthiness Approval of Vertical Navigation (VNAV) Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System (NAS) and Alaska. AC 20138 May 25, 1994: Airworthiness Approval of Global Positioning System (GPS) Navigation Equipment for use as a VFR and IFR Supplemental Navigation System.
34-60-05
Page 101 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) AC 12033 June 24, 1977: Operational Approval of Airborne Long Range Navigation Systems for flight within the North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace. AC 12037 October 10, 1978: Operational and Airworthiness Approval of Airborne Omega Radio Navigational Systems as a sole means of Long Range Navigation outside the United States. AC 91 49 August 23, 1977: General Aviation Procedures for Flight in North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace.
(8)
(9) C.
Applicable Documents The following listed documents are in effect as of the date of the UNS1M System certification, and form the part of the certification criteria to the extent specified herein. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) RTCA Document No. DO160B July 1984: Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment. RTCA Document No. DO160C December 1989: Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment. RTCA Document No. DO187 November 1984: Minimum Operational Performance Standards for Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using MultiSensor Inputs. RTCA Document No. DO178A March 1985: Software considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment Certification. RTCA Document No. DO178B: Software Considerations in Airborne System and Equipment Certification. ARINC Specification 4191 December 1, 1975: Digital Data System Compendium. ARINC Specification 42910 November 17, 1986: Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System (DITS). ARINC Specification 56111 January 17, 1975: Air Transport Inertial Navigation System (INS). ARINC Characteristic 5712 May 15, 1974: Inertial Sensor System (ISS). ARINC Specification 6007 January 12, 1987: Air Transport Avionics Equipment Interfaces. ARINC Characteristic 7023 December 6, 1982: Flight Management Computer System. ARINC Characteristic 7045 October 1983: Inertial Reference System. ARINC Characteristic 7064 June 1985: Mark 5 Subsonic Air Data System.
34-60-05
Page 102 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (14) D. ARINC Characteristic 7252 March 1982: Electronic Flight Instruments (EFI).
Environmental Categories The environmental categories under which the UNS1M NMS System is approved (Reference RTCA DO160C) are listed on the accompanying Environmental Qualification Forms in this section.
E.
GPS TSO C129 Class B4 and C4 Considerations [20.X] The GPS portion of the UNS1M (P/N 10132X0XX) is certified to TSO C129 Class B4 and C4. The class under which the installation may be approved, however, will be a function of several considerations: (1) Flight Instrument Displays TSO C129 Class B4 specifies crosstrack display sensitivity to be 5.0 NM for enroute and 1.0 NM for terminal operations. If the UNS1M is interfaced to electromechanical HSIs or to EFIS with analog inputs, then the scaling requirements will be met, since the UNS1M outputs the correct analog scaling. If, however, the UNS1M is interfaced to digital EFIS (i.e., ARINC 429, 571 or 561 input buses) then the scaling requirements probably will not be met, since there is no current mechanization for an external navigation system to control the scaling of crosstrack deviation on an EFIS. In these cases, no credit for TSO C129 can be taken, and the installation will be strictly governed by the requirements of TSO C115( ) and AC 20130( ) multisensor navigation system. Class C equipment is relieved of the crosstrack scaling requirements, however the next paragraph applies. (2) Operating Rules TSO C129 specifies that Class C equipment can only be certified for FAR Part 121 operations. Therefore relief cannot be given to installations that do not meet the scaling requirements of Class B equipment. The main reason the FAA has taken this position is that Part 121 operators can assure that flight technical errors (FTE) can be minimized by use of proper training and by use of flight guidance steering displays (i.e., Vbars or cross pointer) present in all Part 121 type aircraft.
F.
GPS TSO C129 Class A2, B2, and C2 Considerations [21.X] The GPS portion of the UNS1M (P/N 10134X0XX) provides RAIM capability. SCN 21.X, however, provides enroute and terminal capability only. The UNS1M with SCN 21.X may not be used for RNAV, VOR/DME, or GPS overlay approaches using the internal GPS or an external GPS (1) GPS Predictive RAIM The GPS satellite geometry changes with aircraft position and time. During enroute operations, the UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX with GPS must provide pilot requested predictions of RAIM availability at the destination for a period of ETA 15 minutes in five minute increments. The RAIM At Destination feature is initiated from FPL MENU. RAIM availability is displayed in terms of meeting ENR, TERM,
34-60-05
Page 103 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual or APPR criteria, i.e., 2.0 NM, 1.0 NM, and 0.3 NM respectively, at the destination airport at the estimated time of arrival shown. NOTE: Predictive RAIM feature will only work with GPS sensors certified to TSO C129 Class A1/B1/C1. Other GPS sensors, such as the GPS950 will not support this feature, and a question mark will always be displayed in the availability fields.
(2)
GPS Integrity Annunciator The UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX provides a logic signal to annunciate GPS INTEG whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of flight (Oceanic, enroute, terminal, or approach). NOTE: Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is illuminated, the pilot should monitor his GPS position by cross reference to other navigation sensors, if available.
G.
GPS TSO C129 Class A1, B1, and C1 Considerations [22.X] The GPS portion of the UNS1M (P/N 10134X0XX) is certified to TSO C129 Class A1, B1 and C1. The class under which the installation may be approved, however, will be a function of several considerations: (1) Use of GPS During Approaches The UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX with SCN 22 and subsequent supports GPS and GPS overlay approaches (NDB, VOR, VOR/DME and RNAV). Specific requirements must be met in order to execute a GPS or GPS overlay approach: The GPS sensor must conform to FAA Technical Standard Order (TSO) C129 class A1, B1, or C1. The approach waypoint system coordinates must conform to World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84) coordinate system. The only ICAO database regions that use the WGS84 coordinates now are USA and Canada. The published approach plate must have GPS in the title of the approach. The approach must be retrieved from the Jeppesen data base.
Under the above conditions, when a GPS, NDB, RNV, VOR/DME or VOR approach is armed and activated then the GPS sensor will remain selected as a navigation sensor and provide position input to the Kalman Filter best computed position. In the case of RNV or VOR approaches, if the underlying approach navaid becomes invalid, the approach guidance will continue to remain valid, assuming that the GPS accuracy, flagging, and integrity monitoring criteria are satisfactory. If the published approach plate does not have GPS in the title, it is the responsibility of the operator to monitor the approach using the underlying navaid. If the approach is pilotdefined or is outside of USA and Canada, then the GPS sensor will be deselected when the approach is armed or activated. Even though the GPS sensor can be manually reselected after approach has been initiated, it is not advisable because the GPS accuracy, integrity, and continuity of service cannot be assured.
34-60-05
Page 104 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) GPS Predictive RAIM The GPS satellite geometry changes with aircraft position and time. Therefore, the UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX with GPS must also include the capability of determining if a suitable number of satellites, with acceptable geometry, will be available at the FAF and Missed Approach Point at the estimated time of arrival. This prediction automatically occurs when approach mode is activated. If RAIM will not be available at either of those times, then the message NO RAIM @ FAF or NO RAIM @ MAP is displayed. NOTE: Predictive RAIM feature will only work with GPS sensors certified to TSO C129 Class A1/B1/C1. Other GPS sensors, such as the GPS950, will not support this feature. With these sensors, a question mark will always be displayed in the availability fields. During enroute operations, it is also required to provide pilot requested predictions of RAIM availability at the destination for a period of ETA 15 minutes in five minute increments. The RAIM At Destination feature is initiated from FPL MENU. RAIM availability is displayed in terms of meeting ENR, TERM, or APPR criteria, i.e., 2.0 NM, 1.0 NM, and 0.3 NM respectively, at the destination airport at the estimated time of arrival shown. If any RAIM availability is shown to be other than APPR for the 15 minute window, then the pilot should not plan to rely on GPS for position determination during approach. (3) GPS Integrity Annunciator The UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX provides a logic signal to annunciate GPS INTEG whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of flight (Oceanic, enroute, terminal, or approach). NOTE: Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator comes on, the pilot should monitor his GPS position by cross reference to other navigation sensors, if available. GPSbased approaches should not be flown whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is on.
H.
GPS TSO C129a Class A1, B1, and C1 Considerations [23.X] The GPS portion of the UNS1M (P/N 10134X0XX) is certified to TSO C129a Class A1, B1 and C1. The class under which the installation may be approved, however, will be a function of several considerations: (1) Use of GPS During Approaches The UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX with SCN 22 and subsequent supports GPS and GPS overlay approaches (NDB, VOR, VOR/DME and RNAV). Specific requirements must be met in order to execute a GPS or GPS overlay approach: The GPS sensor must conform to FAA Technical Standard Order (TSO) C129a class A1, B1, or C1. The approach waypoint system coordinates must conform to World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84) coordinate system. The only ICAO database regions that use the WGS84 coordinates now are USA and Canada.
34-60-05
Page 105 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual The published approach plate must have GPS in the title of the approach. The approach must be retrieved from the Jeppesen data base. Under the above conditions, when a GPS, NDB, RNV, VOR/DME or VOR approach is armed and activated then the GPS sensor will remain selected as a navigation sensor and provide position input to the Kalman Filter best computed position. In the case of RNV or VOR approaches, if the underlying approach navaid becomes invalid, the approach guidance will continue to remain valid, assuming that the GPS accuracy, flagging, and integrity monitoring criteria are satisfactory. If the published approach plate does not have GPS in the title, it is the responsibility of the operator to monitor the approach using the underlying navaid. If the approach is pilotdefined or is outside of USA and Canada, then the GPS sensor will be deselected when the approach is armed or activated. Even though the GPS sensor can be manually reselected after approach has been initiated, it is not advisable because the GPS accuracy, integrity, and continuity of service cannot be assured. (2) GPS Predictive RAIM The GPS satellite geometry changes with aircraft position and time. Therefore, the UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX with GPS must also include the capability of determining if a suitable number of satellites, with acceptable geometry, will be available at the FAF and Missed Approach Point at the estimated time of arrival. This prediction automatically occurs when approach mode is activated. If RAIM will not be available at either of those times, then the message NO RAIM @ FAF or NO RAIM @ MAP is displayed. Predictive RAIM feature will only work with GPS sensors certified to TSO C129 Class A1/B1/C1. Other GPS sensors, such as the GPS950, will not support this feature. With these sensors, a question mark will always be displayed in the availability fields. During enroute operations, it is also required to provide pilot requested predictions of RAIM availability at the destination for a period of ETA 15 minutes in five minute increments. The RAIM At Destination feature is initiated from FPL MENU. RAIM availability is displayed in terms of meeting ENR, TERM, or APPR criteria, i.e., 2.0 NM, 1.0 NM, and 0.3 NM respectively, at the destination airport at the estimated time of arrival shown. If any RAIM availability is shown to be other than APPR for the 15 minute window, then the pilot should not plan to rely on GPS for position determination during approach. NOTE: (3) GPS Integrity Annunciator The UNS1M NMS P/N 10134X0XX provides a logic signal to annunciate GPS INTEG whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of flight (Oceanic, enroute, terminal, or approach). NOTE: Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator comes on, the pilot should monitor his GPS position by cross reference to other navigation sensors, if available. GPSbased approaches should not be flown whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is on.
34-60-05
Page 106 17 July 2009
2.
Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness, FAR 25.1529

Our statement in compliance with FAR 25.1529 follows: Maintenance RequirementsInstructions for Continued Airworthiness SYSTEM: UNS1M Navigation Management System Modification of an aircraft by installation of this system obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information provided by this document in the operators Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the operators Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance Program. (1) Maintenance information for the UNS1M (system description, removal, Installation, testing, etc.) is contained in Universal Avionics Systems Corporations (UASC) Technical Manual 346005. System operation is described fully in UASC Operators Manual. Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in the installation data package should be placed into the aircraft operators appropriate airplane Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC). Wiring diagram information contained in this data package should be placed into the aircraft operators appropriate airplane Wiring Diagram Manuals. Scheduled Maintenance Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operators appropriate airplane maintenance program are as follows: a. b. Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks: Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests/Checks to Determine System Condition and/or Latent Failures: NOTE: c. d. None Required.
(2)
(3) (4)
None Required.
(System performs full self test BITE at each power on, and any failures are annunciated to the pilot.) None Required. None Required.
Recommended Periodic Inspections: Recommended Periodic Structural Inspections:
3.
Environmental Qualification Forms

The Environmental Qualification Forms for the two UNS1M P/N 10132X( ) and P/N 10134X( ) are the same except for the letter identifying the revision of TSO C115.
34-60-05
Page 107 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM NOMENCLATURE: PART NO.: UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module TSO NUMBER: C115a & C129 10132X( ) & 10131
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION: Contained in the Technical Manual Report No. 346005 MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation 3260 E. Universal Way Tucson, AZ. 857565097 DO160C SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 4.0 4.5.1 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.2 7.3 8.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
CONDITIONS
TEMPERATURE AND ALTITUDE LOW TEMPERATURE HIGH TEMPERATURE INFLIGHT LOSS OF COOLING ALTITUDE DECOMPRESSION OVER PRESSURE TEMPERATURE VARIATION HUMIDITY SHOCK OPERATIONAL CRASH SAFETY VIBRATION
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A1D1 20C OPERATING, 55C SURVIVAL +55C OPERATING, +85C SURVIVAL NOT APPLICABLE 50,000 FT 50,000 FT 15,000 FT EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY B EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A 50C, 95%, 48 HOURS EQUIPMENT TESTED PER DO160C, PARAGRAPH 7.2.1 6.0 g 15.0 g EQUIPMENT TESTED WITHOUT SHOCK MOUNTS TO CATEGORIES B, M & N (EQUIPMENT RACK, NONISOLATED DO 160C, TABLE 81) EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
EXPLOSION WATERPROOFNESS
9.0 10.0
FLUIDS SUSCEPTIBILITY 11.0 EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED * THE INFORMATION LISTED PROVIDES LEVELS TESTED. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE LISTING OF ALL TEST CONDITIONS.
EQF 10132X( ) & 10131
34-60-05
Page 108 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM (cont.) NOMENCLATURE: PART NO. : CONDITIONS UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module 10132X( ) & 10131 DO160B SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
SAND AND DUST FUNGUS SALT SPRAY MAGNETIC EFFECT POWER INPUT VOLTAGE SPIKE CONDUCTED AUDIO FREQUENCY CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY INDUCED SIGNAL SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSION LIGHTNING INDUCED TRANS SUSCEPTIBILITY LIGHTNING DIRECT EFFECTS ICING
EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS CLASS Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z
19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY V EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A3E3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
REMARKS:
1. 2.
EMI/RFI TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT DNB ENGINEERING INC., FULLERTON, CALIFORNIA AND ELDEC, EVERET, WASHINGTON. CLIMATIC AND MECHANICAL ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT MICROCOMPUTER ELECTRONICS CORP., KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON.
EQF 10132X( ) & 10131
34-60-05
Page 109 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM NOMENCLATURE: PART NO.: UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module TSO NUMBER: C115a & C129/C129a 10134X( ) & 10131
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION: Contained in the Technical Manual Report No. 346005 MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation 3260 E. Universal Way Tucson, AZ. 857565097 DO160C SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 4.0 4.5.1 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.2 7.3 8.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
CONDITIONS
TEMPERATURE AND ALTITUDE LOW TEMPERATURE HIGH TEMPERATURE INFLIGHT LOSS OF COOLING ALTITUDE DECOMPRESSION OVER PRESSURE TEMPERATURE VARIATION HUMIDITY SHOCK OPERATIONAL CRASH SAFETY VIBRATION
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A1D1 20C OPERATING, 55C SURVIVAL +55C OPERATING, +85C SURVIVAL NOT APPLICABLE 50,000 FT 50,000 FT 15,000 FT EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY B EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A 50C, 95%, 48 HOURS EQUIPMENT TESTED PER DO160C, PARAGRAPH 7.2.1 6.0 g 15.0 g EQUIPMENT TESTED WITHOUT SHOCK MOUNTS TO CATEGORIES B, M & N (EQUIPMENT RACK, NONISOLATED DO 160C, TABLE 81) EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
EXPLOSION WATERPROOFNESS
9.0 10.0
FLUIDS SUSCEPTIBILITY 11.0 EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED * THE INFORMATION LISTED PROVIDES LEVELS TESTED. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE LISTING OF ALL TEST CONDITIONS.
EQF 10134X( ) & 10131
34-60-05
Page 110 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM (cont.) NOMENCLATURE: PART NO. : CONDITIONS UNS1M Navigation Management System & Configuration Module 10134X( ) & 10131 DO160B SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS CLASS Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z
19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY V EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A3E3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
REMARKS:
1. 2.
EMI/RFI TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT DNB ENGINEERING INC., FULLERTON, CALIFORNIA AND ELDEC, EVERET, WASHINGTON. CLIMATIC AND MECHANICAL ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT MICROCOMPUTER ELECTRONICS CORP., KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON.
EQF 10134X( ) & 10131
34-60-05
Page 111 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM NOMENCLATURE: PART NO.: UNS1Msp NMS Control Display Unit TSO NUMBER: 1014XX C115b & C129a
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION: Contained in the Technical Manual Report No. 346010 MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation 3260 E. Universal Way Tucson, AZ. 857565097
DO160C, Chg 3 SECTION# PARAGRAPH# DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
CONDITIONS
TEMPERATURE AND ALTITUDE 4 LOW TEMPERATURE HIGH TEMPERATURE INFLIGHT LOSS OF COOLING ALTITUDE DECOMPRESSION OVERPRESSURE 4.5.1 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A1D1 20C OPERATING, 55C SURVIVAL +55C OPERATING, +85C SURVIVAL NOT APPLICABLE 50,000 FT 50,000 FT 15,000 FT
TEMPERATURE VARIATION
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY B
HUMIDITY
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A 50C, 95%, 48 HOURS
SHOCK OPERATIONAL CRASH SAFETY
7 7.2 7.3
EQUIPMENT TESTED PER DO160C, PARA 7.2.1 6.0 g 15.0 g
VIBRATION
EQUIPMENT TESTED WITHOUT SHOCK MOUNTS TO CATEGORIES B, M & N & SAAB TEST PROFILE SPECIFICATIONS 72EES0510 & 72EES0633
EXPLOSION
EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
WATERPROOFNESS
10
FLUIDS SUSCEPTIBILITY
11
THE INFORMATION LISTED PROVIDES LEVELS TESTED. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE LISTING OF ALL TEST CONDITIONS.
EQF 1014
34-60-05
Page 112 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM (cont.) NOMENCLATURE: PART NO. :
CONDITIONS
UNS1Msp NMS Control Display Unit 1014XX

DO160C, Chg 3 SECTION# PARAGRAPH# DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
SAND AND DUST
12
FUNGUS
13
SALT SPRAY
14
MAGNETIC EFFECT
15
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS CLASS Z
POWER INPUT
16
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY Z
VOLTAGE SPIKE CONDUCTED
17
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A
AUDIO FREQUENCY CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY
18
INDUCED SIGNAL SUSCEPTIBILITY
19
RADIO FREQUENCY SUSCEPTIBILITY
20
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY R
RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSION
21
LIGHTNING INDUCED TRANS SUSCEPTIBILITY
22
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A3E3 & SAAB TEST SPECIFICATION 72EPS0819
LIGHTNING DIRECT EFFECTS
23
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
ICING
24
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED
Remarks:
1. EMI/RFI tests conducted at DNB Engineering Inc., Fullerton, CA. Crane Eldec Corporation, Lynnwood, WA. & Universal Avionics Systems Corporations, Kirkland, WA. 2. Climatic and mechanical environmental tests were conducted at Universal Avionics Systems Corporations, Kirkland, WA.
EQF 1014
34-60-05
Page 113 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM NOMENCLATURE: PART NO.: GPS Antenna 10702 TSO NUMBER: C129
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION: Contained in Technical Manual MANUFACTURER: Manufactured by Comant Industries, for Universal Avionics Systems Corporation 3260 E. Universal Way Tucson, AZ. 857565097 DO160C SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 4.0 4.5.1 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.3 8.0 9.0 10.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
CONDITIONS
TEMPERATURE AND ALTITUDE LOW TEMPERATURE HIGH TEMPERATURE INFLIGHT LOSS OF COOLING ALTITUDE DECOMPRESSION OVER PRESSURE TEMPERATURE VARIATION HUMIDITY SHOCK CRASH SAFETY VIBRATION EXPLOSION WATERPROOFNESS
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A2F2 55C OPERATING, 55C SURVIVAL +70C OPERATING, +85C SURVIVAL NOT APPLICABLE 55,000 FT 55,000 FT NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY C 50C, 99% RH, 144 HOURS EQUIPMENT TESTED PER DO160C, PARAGRAPH 7 15.0 g EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORIES C, L, M & Y EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY R
FLUIDS SUSCEPTIBILITY 11.0 EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY F * THE INFORMATION LISTED PROVIDES LEVELS TESTED. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE LISTING OF ALL TEST CONDITIONS.
EQF 10702
34-60-05
Page 114 17 July 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM (cont.) NOMENCLATURE: PART NO. : CONDITIONS GPS Antenna 10702 DO160B SECTION # PARAGRAPH # 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 DESCRIPTION OF CONDUCTED TESTS*
EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY S EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED AS CLASS A EQUIP. IDENTIFIED AS X, NOT TESTED EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A, B EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY B, Z
19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY V EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY L EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY 1B EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY C
REMARKS:
1. 2.
EMI/RFI TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT DNB ENGINEERING INC., FULLERTON CA. CLIMATIC AND MECHANICAL ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS WERE CONDUCTED AT GARWOOD LABORATORIES, PICO RIVERA, CA.
EQF 10702
34-60-05
Page 115 17 July 2009

CONDITIONS
EQF 10703
34-60-05
Page 116 17 July 2009

SAND AND DUST FUNGUS SALT SPRAY MAGNETIC EFFECT POWER INPUT VOLTAGE SPIKE CONDUCTED AUDIO FREQUENCY CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY INDUCED SIGNAL SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSION LIGHTNING INDUCED TRANS SUSCEPTIBILITY LIGHTNING DIRECT EFFECTS ICING REMARKS: 1. 2.
EQF 10703
19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY V EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY L EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY 1B EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY C
34-60-05
Page 117 17 July 2009

CONDITIONS
EQF 10704
34-60-05
Page 118 17 July 2009

SAND AND DUST FUNGUS SALT SPRAY MAGNETIC EFFECT POWER INPUT VOLTAGE SPIKE CONDUCTED AUDIO FREQUENCY CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY INDUCED SIGNAL SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY SUSCEPTIBILITY RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSION LIGHTNING INDUCED TRANS SUSCEPTIBILITY LIGHTNING DIRECT EFFECTS ICING REMARKS: 1. 2.
EQF 10704
19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY V EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY L EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY 2A EQUIPMENT TESTED TO CATEGORY C
34-60-05
Page 119 17 July 2009
UNS1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL
4.
Sample Airplane Flight Manual Supplement [22.X]

Prepare an Airplane Flight Manual Supplement using the following sample as a guide. Note: Comments in angle brackets, < >, and italics are explanatory only and should not appear in the final supplement..
.....................................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ AFM Supplement for <Aircraft Model>
<SAMPLE>
FAA APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR AIRCRAFT MAKE: __________________ AIRCRAFT MODEL: __________________ AIRCRAFT REG: __________________ AIRCRAFT S/N: __________________
This supplement must be attached to the FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the airplane is modified by the installation of a Universal Avionics Systems Corporation (UASC) UNS1M Navigation Management System (NMS), in accordance with STC ______________, (or Form 337 ) . The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the basic manual only in those areas listed herein. For limitations, procedures, and performance information not contained in this supplement, consult the appropriate basic Airplane Flight Manual.
FAA Approved: ___________________________ <Name> <Title> FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION <Name of Aircraft Certification Office> <Address>
FAA Approved Date: ________________ Page 1 of y
................................................................................................................................................ Page 120 17 July 2009
346005
......................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ AFM Supplement for <Aircraft M
REVISION HISTORY
SHT 1___
REV N/C
DESCRIPTION ORIGINAL DOCUMENT
APPROVED Date: __________________________ ______________________________ <Name> <Title> FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION <Name of Aircraft Certification Office> <Address>
Page x of y ............................................................................................................................................... Page 121 17 July 2009
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Title General Limitations Emergency and Abnormal Procedures Normal Procedures Performance Data Page 4 5 8 9 12
Page x of y ................................................................................................................................................ Page 122 17 July 2009
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
Section I General
A. Installation Description <The following is a sample of how the introduction could read. Fully describe all interfaces with the UNS1M.> The Universal Avionics Systems Corporation UNS1M installation is interfaced with a single each Collins Pro Line II DME42 and VIR32 for short range navigation data. An internal GPS provides long range position data, which is integrated with the VOR/DME position data. The internal GPS incorporates Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM). The UNS1M receives air data from an approved Air Data Computer. The system provides navigation and steering data to the pilot's Collins EHSI74 Flight Instruments and the Collins APS65 Flight Control System. The UNS1M contains software SCN 22.X, which provides capability for pointtopoint navigation, and approaches. Lateral steering is provided for enroute, terminal area, and approach operation. B. Lateral Navigation Approvals Provided the UNS1M multisensor navigation system is receiving usable signals, it has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy specifications of: (1) <The following is applicable to all installations> VFR/IFR enroute, terminal and instrument approach (GPS standalone and GPS overlay VOR VORDME, NDB and RNAV) operation within the U. S. National Airspace System using the WGS84 coordinate reference datum in accordance with the criteria of AC 20130A. Satellite navigation is based upon use of only the Global Positioning System (GPS) operated by the United States. 2) <The following is applicable to dual systems with two long range sensors in accordance with the NAT MNPS Advisory Circulars. Note that the GPS in the UNS1M can be used as one of the two required long range sensors, since it does incorporate RAIM.> Flight in the North Atlantic (NAT) Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (MNPS) airspace in accordance with AC 9149 and AC 12033. 3) <The following is applicable to installations with approved INS/IRS sensor(s).> FAR Part 121, Appendix G, Section 6 and Advisory Circular AC 254.
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ 4) AFM Supplement for <Aircraft M
<The following is applicable when interfaced with an approved LoranC sensor.> VFR/IFR RNAV operation within the conterminous United States and Alaska in accordance with the enroute criteria of AC 20121A.
5)
<The following is applicable when no other external sensors are interfaced.> The UNS1M, when operating with RAIM GPS as the only navigation sensor, is approved for IFR enroute, terminal, and approach operations in accordance with AC 20138.
C.
Vertical Navigation Approval Vertical Navigation advisory information is displayed on both EHSIs and ADIs in enroute and terminal modes. VNAV is displayed on both EHSIs and ADIs and is coupled to both APS65 Autopilot/Flight Directors in approach mode. VNAV is also switched to the GPWS for GLIDESLOPE warnings during UNS1M approaches. (VNAV approval in accordance with AC-20-129 September 12, 1988: Airworthiness Approval of Vertical Navigation (VNAV) Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System (NAS) and Alaska).
Section 2 Limitations
<The following limitations are representative. Refer to additional FAA guidance in Advisory Circulars 20130, 20101C, 20121A and 20130A or 20138 as applicable to your installation.> A. Operators Manual The UNS1M Operator's Manual, Report 2422sv22, dated April 26, 1995 (or later revision) must be available to the flight crew whenever navigation is predicated on the use of the UNS1M Flight Management System. This AFM supplement is intended for use with software version SCN 22.X. B. System Position The UNS1M system position must be checked for accuracy prior to use as a means of navigation and under the following conditions: Following a period of POSITION UNCERTAIN or dead reckoning, the aircraft position should be verified by visually sighting ground reference points and/or by using other navigation equipment such as VOR, DME, TACAN, INS, NDB, and/or radar fix. C. Data Base/Waypoint Verification IFR enroute and terminal navigation are prohibited unless the pilot verifies the currency of the data base or verifies each selected waypoint for accuracy by reference to current Page x of y ................................................................................................................................................ Page 124 17 July 2009
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
approved data. NMS instrument approaches must be programmed with data from current published instrument approach procedures. D. Long Range Sensors Navigation cannot be predicated on the use of nonGPS long range sensors alone while in terminal areas or during departures from or approaches to airports or into valleys; e.g., between peaks in mountainous terrain or below Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA). E. Latitude Limits Displayed UNS1M navigation parameters are referenced to Magnetic North. Operation of the aircraft is limited to latitudes between 73o North and 60o South, unless magnetic variation is manually entered by the pilot. <Add appropriate comments about Mag/True switch if installed with IRS as heading source.> F. Approach Mode The UNS1M is approved for lateral Flight Director and autopilot coupled GPS, NDB, RNAV, VORDME, and VOR approaches only when the UNS1M is in NMS Approach Mode (which provides expanded HSI deviations). G. Instrument Approaches Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with approved instrument approach procedures that are retrieved from the FMS equipment data base. The FMS data base must incorporate the current update cycle. (1) Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode, and GPS integrity monitoring (when using GPS for approach guidance) must be available at the Final Approach Fix, as indicated to the pilot by the GPS INTEG amber annunciator being off. When an alternate airport is required by the applicable operating rules, it must be served by an approach based on other then GPS navigation, the aircraft must have operational equipment capable of using that navigation aid, and the required navigation aid must be operational. GPS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference coordinate datum system for the approach is WGS84. (NOTE: GPS will be deselected at approach activation for any Jeppesen approach outside of the USA and Canada data base regions, or for any pilotdefined approach.)
(2)
(3)
The UNS1M is approved for NMS "VFR" approaches as a VFR pilot aid only. Keep in mind that this is a pilot-defined VFR approach. Page x of y ............................................................................................................................................... Page 125 17 July 2009
(4)
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ H. Navigation Equipment The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment installed and operating appropriate for the route of flight. I. VNAV Altitude Reference When using VNAV, the altimeter on each pilots panel must be used as the altitude reference for all operations. J. Fuel Display Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel flow gages for fuel load and range planning. K. DMEArc Display The EFIS MAP display must not be used for pictorial situational awareness when a DME arc procedure is the active TO leg. The MAP display cannot depict a DME arc. AFM Supplement for <Aircraft M
Section 3 Emergency And Abnormal Procedures

A. Emergency Procedures No change to FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual. B. Abnormal Procedures (1) If GPS RAIM becomes unavailable (indicated by a message and GPS INTEG amber annunciator), the FMS position determination will automatically revert to use of DME and VOR. Should a NMS system component fail, in most cases the display will go blank or the remote MSG light will flash. Pushing the MSG key will display the Message Page, which will indicate the component which has failed. The NMS and associated components are protected by the following circuit breakers:
COMPONENT NAME NMS dc NMS ac NMS ADC TAT Probe HTR NMS SIU BUS LOCATION
(2)
(3).
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
In the event that a circuit breaker should "open", the corresponding unit will be switched off internally. (4) (5) If sensor information is intermittent or lost, use the remaining operational navigation equipment as required. If VNAV information is intermittent or lost, disengage VNAV and use the altimeter for vertical reference.
Section 4 Normal Procedures

A. Operation Normal operating procedures are outlined in the UNS1M Operator's Manual Report 2422sv22. B. Navigation Data Base Verification After poweron self tests have completed, the INITIALIZATION page will appear. At the bottom of the display the effective date and the expiration date of the data base will appear. If the actual date is later than the expiration date, the NMS will notify the pilot with a DATABASE OLD message. Refer to the operators manual for navigation database update instructions. C. System Annunciators <Describe all external annunciators installed as part of the UNS1M modification.> The NMS generates outputs for the following annunciators on the pilot's and copilots instrument panels located in or adjacent to the HSI and ADI:
ANNUNCIATOR MSG (Amber) WPT (Amber) MEANING Indicates a message is to be acknowledged on the MSG page. Indicates waypoint alert two minutes prior to waypoint in enroute mode, and 15 seconds prior in approach mode. When this annunciator flashes, it indicates that an upcoming vertical Flight Path Angle (FPA) change is within two minutes. Selected crosstrack is active. The NMS is in heading submode. An approach has been activated. GPS Integrity is outside of the allowable limit for phase of flight (2.0 NM enroute, 1.0 NM terminal and approach transition, and 0.3 NM final approach segment). See also Section 3B, ABNORMAL PROCEDURES.
SXT (Amber) HDG (Blue) APP (White) GPS INTEG (Amber)
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ D. Aircraft Integration <The following is a sample of what the integration discussion could represent. Fully and accurately describe all switching procedures and display options where applicable.> (1) Collins EHSI74 EHSI display of NMS Nav Information NOTE: NMS can only be selected for use when a VOR frequency is tuned on the #1 Navigation receiver. Selection of an ILS frequency will cause the display to revert to VHF Navigation. When a valid navigation leg is selected on the NMS , guidance information can be selected for display on the pilot's or copilots EHSI and ADI by selecting [FMS] on the [FMS/NAV] switch on the Instrument Panel, adjacent to the ADI. Leftright, TO/FR, Nav valid, Desired Track, Bearing to Waypoint, and Distance to Waypoint will be depicted on the EHSI. With a valid VNAV leg defined on the NMS, vertical deviation will be displayed.
HSI DEVIATION SCALE FACTORS FOR 2 DOTS MODE LATERAL VERTICAL Enroute 5.0 NM 1500 ft Terminal 1.0 NM 500 ft Approach 2 degrees to 0.3 NM, 0.7 degrees then linear
AFM Supplement for <Aircraft M
(2)
Enroute Flight Director and Autopilot Operation When a valid navigation leg is selected on the NMS , flight director lateral VBar steering can be selected on the pilots ADI by selecting [NAV] mode on the APS65 Flight Guidance Panel. Pushing [ENG] will couple the NMS steering to the autopilot. NOTE: Only lateral steering is provided from the NMS. Select an appropriate vertical mode on the APS65.
(3)
Approach Operation GPS, NDB, RNAV, VOR, VOR/DME, and VFR approaches may be linked into the flight plan and laterally coupled to the autopilot by selecting heading mode {HDG} then approach mode [APPR] on the autopilot mode selector. A remote panel mounted APRCH annunciator illuminates whenever NMS Approach Mode is active. Refer to Approach Procedures in the Operator's Manual. Vertical Navigation Vertical Navigation (VNAV) mode is available for descent only. Pitch steering commands for ENROUTE VNAV descent are not provided.
(4)
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
Section 5 Performance Data

No change to FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual.
34-60-05
......................................................................................................................................
<Name of Applicant> <Address> Supplement No. __________________ AFM Supplement for <Aircraft
Page x of y
................................................................................................................................................ Page 130 17 July 2009
34-60-05
Equipment Specifications
1. Equipment Identification
EQUIPMENT NOMENCLATURE UNS1M PART NUMBER 1013210X1 (Gray faceplate) 1013220X1 (Black faceplate) 1013410X1 (Gray faceplate) 1013420X1 (Black faceplate) X = 0 = All digital X = 1 = Digital and Analog Outputs 1014XX 1040 104501 100601200003 100601037005 (Black 5V lights) 100601037006 (Gray 5V lights) 100601037007 (Black 28V lights) 100601037008 (Gray 28V lights) 100601200103 100601200203 1058011X 10401 WEIGHT 6.25 lb. 6.25 lb. 6.25 lb. 6.25 lb. 2.75 lb. 7.0 lb. 3.4 lb. 6.5 lb. 1.5 lb. 1.5 lb. 1.5 lb. 1.5 lb. 7.9 lb. TBD 8.0 lb. 1.5 lb.
Remote CDU LCS - LoranC Sensor LCS850 OSS - OMEGA/VLF Sensor (UNS764) OSS LCCDU (for use with UNS764)
GPS/OSS (UNS 7641) GPS/OSS (UNS 7642) RRS - Radio Reference Sensor LCS - LoranC Antenna OSS Antenna - (for use with UNS764, UNS7641, and UNS 7642) H Field Brick H Field Boat (rectangular) E Field Suppressed Plate E Field Blade GPS Antenna (UASC)
418312001 3.5 lb. 473189000 5.3 lb. 462743000 3.0 lb. 10305 1.5 lb. 10702 (for use with GPS950, GPS1200, .5 lb. UNS7641, UNS7642. or [20.X] P/N 10132XXXX Internal GPS) 10703 (for use with GPS1000,or .5 lb. [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] P/N 10134X0XX or P/N 10135X0XX Internal GPS) 10704 (for use with GPS1000,or .5 lb. [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] P/N 10134XXXX or P/N 10135X0XX Internal GPS) .7 100602061000 (for use with GPS950, GPS1200, UNS7641, UNS7642, or [20.X] P/N 10132XXXX Internal GPS) NOTE: GPS Antenna P/N 10704 is the only antenna recommended for new installations of UNS1M [21.X] and subsequent. GPS950 107001 3.5 lb. GPS1000 107501 3.6 lb. GPS1200 108001 3.9 lb.
34-60-05
Page 201 17 July 2009
2.
A.
Part Numbers And Installation Kits

UNS1M P/N 1013XX0XX
1013-XX-0XX
UNS-1M BASIC Number INTERNAL GPS 0 = NO GPS 2 = NON-RAIM GPS 4 = RAIM GPS (ASHTECH) 1 = ARINC 429 GPS OUTPUT 0 = NO ANALOG OUTPUTS 1 = ANALOG OUTPUTS 2 = ANALOG WITH HI LEVEL DEV. OUTPUTS 0 = FUTURE USE VARIABLE FRONT PANEL 1 = GRAY 2 = BLACK
UNS1M Final Assembly Part Number Matrix Installation Kit P/N K12020 consists of the following: 1 ea. MS27473T24F61SA P1 Connector 1 ea. MS27473T24F61S P2 Connector 2 ea. M85049/49-2S24N Backshell Installation Instructions For Configuration Module P/N 10131 NOTE: B. Alternate part numbers may exist for the above.
Configuration Module P/N 10131 The information necessary to install the Configuration Module can be found later in this section. Refer to Configuration Module Installation Drawing. The UNS1M Installation Kit also contains these instructions.
34-60-05
Page 202 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. Remote CDU P/N 1014XX
1014-XX
REMOTE CDU BASIC NUMBER 2 = MONOCHROME (GREEN) 1 = GRAY 2 = BLACK 3 = GRAY NVG 4 = BLACK NVG
Remote CDU Part Number Matrix Installation of the Remote CDU requires: 1 ea. CDU Connector / Backshell, P/N 83001150 NOTE: Alternate part numbers may exist for the above.
34-60-05
Page 203 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual D. GPS Antenna P/N 10702, P/N 10703, and P/N 10704 Installation Kit P/N K12021 consists of the following: NOTE: This Kit is for use with RG 400/142 Coax (Attenuation = 0.18 dB/ft). The maximum allowable loss is 9 dB.
1 ea. 90 TNC Connector (Antenna end) 1 ea. Straight Coax Connector (UNS1M end) 1 ea. 90 Coax Connector (UNS1M end) 4 ea. MS51958-66 Screws NOTE: Alternate part numbers may exist for the above.
In installations with very long cable runs, it is permissible to use a low loss coax cable (such as Electronic Cable Specialists P/N 311501) for the run from the antenna into the cockpit to a bulkhead connector and then use a smaller coax (such as ECS P/N 3C3160 M17/113-RG316) from the bulkhead connector to the UNS1M. Components for this application are listed below. Coax cable P/N 311501 Attenuation @ 1.575 GHz = 0.087 dB/ft. Minimum bend radius = 1.22 in. (nominal). RF Connectors: TNC Straight TNC 90 Bulkhead TNC BNC Straight BNC 90 CTS922 CTR922 BTS922 CBS922 CBR922
Coax cable P/N 3C3160 Attenuation @ 1.575 GHz = 0.405 dB/ft. Minimum bend radius = 1.02 in. (nominal). RF Connectors: TNC Straight TNC 90 BNC Straight BNC 90 31-2315-1000 KA-59-281 225395-7 KC-59-318
Complete UNS1M GPS cable assemblies as well as bulk coax cable and connectors are available from Electronic Cable Specialists. Refer to Wire and Cable Manufacturers in this section.
34-60-05
Page 204 17 July 2009
3.
A.
Circuit Board Locations

UNS1M P/N 1013XX0XX
DISPLAY BOARD
P W R S U P P L Y
CPU BOARD MONITOR BOARD AUX BOARD ANALOG BOARD ARINC BOARD GPS BOARD
I N T E R F A C E B D
Rear Front
UNS1M Top View

UNS1M CIRCUIT BOARDS NAME PART NUMBER FUNCTIONS Display Board 01013060X Power On Control, Sensor Power On Output, Display Processor, Display Tests, Memory Card Interface CPU Board 01013010X FMC and Monitor Processing, Calendar Clock, Timers, Power Fail Processing, NVM Battery, Flash Memory Programming Circuit Monitor Board 01013050X Roll Steering, Roll Steering Valid, Master Nav Valid, Annunciators Out (8), Switch Inputs (16), 400 Hz Reference (A/P) Test, Configuration Module Input Aux. Board 01013020X CSDB Inputs (3), CSDB Outputs (2), HDG Inputs, HDG Valid In, HDG Reference Input, Fuel Flow Inputs, Auxiliary Processing Analog Board 01013040X Desired Track Synchro Output, BRG Synchro Output, Instrument Reference Input, Crosstrack Output, Vertical Deviation Output, Vertical Deviation Valid, To/From Output ARINC Board 01013030X ARINC Inputs (4), ARINC Outputs (2), 561 Output, ARINC Processing GPS Board 01013070 (10132XXXX) GPS Sensor (NonRAIM), GPS Antenna Input, GPS Antenna Power Supply 01013075 (10134XXXX or 10135XXXX) GPS Sensor (RAIM), GPS Antenna Input, GPS Antenna Power Supply Display Interface 01013065X Bright/Dim Function, Backlight Power Supply (High Voltage), Board Keyboard Lighting 5V Power Conversion Power Supply 01013080X System Power Board
34-60-05
Page 205 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. Remote CDU P/N 1014XX
REAR POWER SUPPLY BOARD
DISPLAY PROCESSOR BOARD
FRONT END ASSEMBLY
FRONT
Remote CDU Top View

UNS1M REMOTE CDU CIRCUIT BOARDS NAME PART NUMBER FUNCTIONS Display 01114060 Power On Control, Sensor Power On Output, Display Processor Board Processor, Display Tests, Bright/Dim Function, Backlight Power Supply (High Voltage), Keyboard Lighting 5V Power Conversion Power Supply 01013080 CDU Power Board
34-60-05
Page 206 17 July 2009
4.
Power Specifications
Power specifications for the UNS1M NMS and compatible peripherals are as follows.
UNIT CURRENT (A @ V) POWER (W @ V) TYPE PART NUMBER 19.0 V 27.5 V 32.0 V 19.0 V 27.5 V 32.0 V UNS1M 10132X001 1.4 1.1 1.0 25.6 28.3 31.0 (All Digital) UNS1M 10132X011 1.7 1.3 1.2 31.4 34.4 36.1 (Digital & Analog) UNS1M 10134X001 1.5 1.1 1.0 28.5 30.3 32.3 (All Digital) UNS1M 10134X011 1.7 1.3 1.2 32.0 34.4 36.8 (Digital & Analog) Remote CDU 1014-XX .58 .28 .34 11.0 7.7 10.8 NOTE: Panel lighting is: .4 A at 28 VDC and 1.3 A at 5 VDC GPS950 107001 .4 .3 .3 7.6 7.2 7.1 GPS1000 107501 GPS1200 108001 GPIRS YG1854 Refer to Honeywell Publication Number 95-8537A LCS 1040 1.1 0.7 0.6 20.1 19.3 19.2 OSS 100601200003 1.2 0.8 0.7 22.1 22.0 22.0 OSS + 100601200003 1.5 1.0 0.9 28.5 28.0 28.8 LCSCDU +10060103700X GPOSS 100601200103 1.0 A @ 28 Vdc 28 W @ 28 Vdc GPOSS + 100601200103 1.2 A @ 28 Vdc 32 W @ 28 Vdc LCSCDU +10060103700X GPOSS 100601200203 OSS 10302 1.5 A @ 28 Vdc for 23 seconds after turn on, then nominally 300400 mA OSS CMA734S Refer to CMA Manual 734GEN0809A Mark I @ Mark II OSS LTN3000 Refer to Litton TP301 RRS 1058 1.13 .75 .64 21.5 20.6 20.5 NOTE: 1. Nominal @ 27.5 Vdc; Maximum @ 32.0 Vdc 2. An X in the component part number indicates a variable that does not affect power consumption.
34-60-05
Page 207 17 July 2009
5.
A.
UNS1M Hardware Interfaces

Digital The UNS1M NMS provides the following types of hardware interfaces for serial data communications. (1) ARINC 429 (ARINC 571, 575, 743) (a) Inputs
ARINC 429 INPUTS ConnectorPin Port 1 A P1a B P1b Port 2 A P1c B P1d Port 3 A P1e B P1f Port 4 A P1g B P1h Input Type RZ Bit rate: 9.6 to 14.5 kbps or 100 kbps 1% Differential Voltage level line A to B: Hi +7 to 11 V, Lo -7 to -11 V, NULL -.5 to +.5 V Input Impedance: 12 k ohms each leg to gnd 12 k ohms leg to leg 50 pF each leg to gnd 100 pF leg to leg Pulse Rise/Fall Time: 10 5 Sec, 10%90% amplitude
(b)
Outputs
ARINC 429 HS, 429 LS, 571 OUTPUTS ConnectorPin Port 1 A P2A B P2B Port 2 A P2C B P2D Output Type: RZ Bit Rate: 12.5 kbps 0.1% or 100 kbps 1% Differential Voltage Level line A to B: Hi 10 V, Lo -10 V, Null - 0 ( 1 V) Output Impedance: 75 ohms nominal Pulse Rise and Fall Time: 10 5 Sec
34-60-05
Page 208 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) ARINC 561 (output only)
ARINC 561 SIX WIRE OUTPUT ConnectorPin P2p P2q P2r P2s P2t P2u 12.5 kbps .1% +11 to 14 Vdc -0.5 to +0.5 Vdc Four Parallel 12 k ohm loads
Data High Data Low Sync High Sync Low Clock High Clock Low Bit Rate: Voltage level active: Voltage level inactive: Rated Load:
(3)
CSDB (a) Inputs

RS422 INPUTS ConnectorPin P1u P1v P1w P1x P1y P1z NRZ Differential receiver Greater than 4 k ohms 12.5 kbps 0.1% 1 8 ODD 1
Port 1 A B Port 2 A B Port 3 A B Input Type: Input Device: Input Impedance: Bit Rate: Start Bits: Data Bits: Parity Stop Bits:
(b)
Outputs
RS422 OUTPUTS ConnectorPin P2a P2b P2c P2d NRZ 12.5 kbps 0.1% 1 8 ODD 1
Port 1 A B Port 2 A B Input Type: Bit Rate: Start Bits: Data Bits: Parity: Stop Bits:
34-60-05
Page 209 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (4) Remote CDU Port
REMOTE CDU PORT RS 422 PRIVATE ConnectorPin P1p P1q P1T P1U 9600 1 8 ODD 1
Input A Input B Output A Output B Data Rate: Start Bits: Data Bits: Parity: Stop Bits:
(5)
Test Monitor Port
TEST MONITOR PORT RS232C PRIVATE ConnectorPin TD P2E RD P2F RTS P2G CTS P2H Ground (Common with Internal GPS P2J sensor RS232 Signal Ground) Data Rate: 19.2 kbps Start Bits: 1 Data Bits: 8 Parity: ODD Stop Bits: 1
(6) Configuration Module The Configuration Module is installed on the airframe side of the UNS1M interface and is normally mounted on, and becomes a part of, the P1 connector strain relief.
NAME Module serial data (blue) Module serial clock (yellow) PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS P1E Hi = +5 V nominal; Lo = 0 V Data Rate: 20 kbps nominal 8 bits 2k block transfers P1F Hi = +5 V nominal Lo = 0 V nominal 20 kHz nominal rate software controlled P1G +5 Vdc 10% P1H Ground
Module power (red) Module power ground (brown)
34-60-05
Page 210 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) GPS Sensor Interface [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] A GPS sensor is contained within the UNS1M. This sensor may output data directly to other equipment via the direct interfaces (a) GPS ARINC 429 Inputs
GPS ARINC 429 INPUTS [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ConnectorPin RCVR 1 A P2M RCVR 1 B P2N RCVR 2 A P2P RCVR 2 B P2R Input type: RZ Bit rate: 9.6 to 14.5 kbps Differential Voltage level line A to B: Hi +7 to 11 V, Lo -7 to -11 V, NULL -.5 to +.5 V Input Impedance: 12 k ohms each leg to gnd 12 k ohms leg to leg 50 pF each leg to gnd 100 pF leg to leg Pulse Rise/Fall Time: 10 5 Sec, 10%90% amplitude NOTE: RCVR 1 and RCVR 2 inputs are provisional only.
(b)
GPS ARINC 429 Outputs
GPS ARINC 429 OUTPUTS [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ConnectorPin Xmtr A P2K Xmtr B P2L Output Type: RZ Bit Rate: 12.5 kbps 0.1% Differential Voltage Level line A to B: Hi 10 V, Lo -10 V, Null - 0 ( 1 V) Output Impedance: 75 ohms nominal Pulse Rise and Fall Time: 10 5 Sec
(c)
GPS RS232 Port
GPS RS232 PORT [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ConnectorPin Receive Data P2m Xmit Data P2n Signal Ground (common with P2j test/monitor port ground) Data Rate: 19.2 kbps Start Bits: 1 Data Bits: 8 Parity ODD Stop Bits: 1 NOTE: This port is used only for tests.
34-60-05
Page 211 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (d) GPS Antenna

GPS ANTENNA [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Connector P3 Coax Power 5V NOTE: UNS1M P/N 10132XXXX [20.X] supports Passive, 5 V, or 12 V GPS antennas. P/N 10704 (5 volts) is the only antenna recommended for use in new UNS1M installations [21.X} and subsequent.
(8)
Memory Card Interface The memory card interface is compatible with the standard PCMCIA for removable memory cards.
B.
Analog The NMS provides the following types of analog interfaces. (1) Inputs
ANALOG INPUT SIGNALS PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS P1X Standard ARINC 407 threewire synchro input with two P1Y wire reference from aircraft compass system. P1Z P1V Synchro heading input valid from compass, Active Condition: +28 Vdc nominal Inactive Condition: 0 Vdc nominal P1A Input Impedance: 100 k ohm P1B pinpin or pinsignal common P1C Input Impedance: 100 k ohm P1D pinpin or pinsignal common Input Voltage: 26 Vac rms. 10% P1K 400 Hz 20 Hz P1L Input Impedance: 80 k ohm minimum Input Load: 2 mA maximum Instrument Reference (Synchro Outputs) P1M Heading Reference (HDG Synchro Input) P1N F/D A/P Roll Command Steering Reference Input Input Voltage: 26 Vac rms. 10%, 400 Hz 20 Hz Input Impedance: 80 k ohms (minimum) Input Load: 2 mA (maximum) Input Voltage: 26 Vac rms. 10% 400 Hz 20 Hz P1P Input Impedance: 80 k ohms minimum P1R Input Load: 2 mA maximum
DESCRIPTION Synchro Heading X, Heading Y, and Heading Z Synchro HDG Valid Input Fuel Flow Input #1 High Low Fuel Flow Input #2 High Low Heading reference 400 Hz High Common Instrument reference 400 Hz High Common
Roll Command Steering Autopilot reference 400 Hz High Common
34-60-05
Page 212 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) Outputs

ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS P2AA Source: Isolation Xformer P2BB Range: 12 Vac rms. maximum Scale factor: 0.393 Vac rms./degree @ 400 Hz ref. = 26 Vac Sense: In phase w/ autopilot, 400 Hz reference for roll to right Accuracy: 0.3 degree roll command (dependent on 400 Hz reference accuracy) Resolution: 0.03 degree roll command Phase Angle: 0 + 5 degrees rel. to autopilot reference Limits: [20.X] 3 degrees roll/sec max change 0 to 30 degrees roll max to 20000 ft decreasing linearly to 20 degree roll max at 32,000 ft and above. [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Limits are configurable from 15 degrees to 30 degrees. Rated Load: 5000 ohm minimum P2CC Active Condition: +18.5 to 30.0 Vdc Inactive Condition: 0.0 to 3.5 Vdc (open) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum P2DD Active Condition: 18.5 to 30.0 Vdc (valid) Inactive Condition: 0.0 to 3.5 Vdc (open) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum P2e Source: AC Voltage source Type: ARINC 407 Xmtr. Synchro P2f Range: 0 to 360 degrees Index Reference: 0 (north or top of instrument case) P2g Sense: Positive increasing angle Scale Factor: 1 degree/1 degree Accuracy: +0.7 degree Resolution: +0.3 degree Rated Load: Three parallel synchro Xfmrs (500 ohms ea.) Phase angle: 0 + 5 degrees relative to instrument reference P2x Source: AC voltage source Type: ARINC 407 Xmtr. Synchro P2y Range: 0 to 360 degrees Index Reference 0 (north or top of instrument case) P2z Sense: Positive increasing angle Scale Factor: 1 degree/1 degree Accuracy: +0.7 degree Resolution: +0.3 degree Rated Load: Three parallel synchro Xfmrs (500 ohms ea.) Phase Angle: 0 + 5 degrees relative to instrument reference
DESCRIPTION Roll Steering Command A Roll Steering Command B
Roll Steering Valid
Master NAV Valid Discrete
Desired Track Synchro X or Resolver Sin Desired Track Synchro Y or Resolver Cos Desired Track Synchro Z or Resolver Sin Cos Return
Bearing Synchro X or Resolver Sin Bearing Synchro Y or Resolver Cos Bearing Synchro Z or Resolver Sin Cos Return
34-60-05
Page 213 17 July 2009

ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS DESCRIPTION PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS Lateral (crosstrack) P2KK Source: Linear Volt. gen. deviation +R Range: 0 +250 mVdc Lateral (crosstrack) P2LL Accuracy: 10% - to a max of 10 mV deviation +L Resolution: 0.5 mV Index Reference: Desired leg or selected crosstrack Sense: Fly right indicated when +R is more positive than +L Rated Load: Up to four parallel 1000 ohm loads Scale Factor: Selectable. Refer to Flight Operations section of the applicable Operator's Manual. NOTE: Lateral deviation is normal with P/N 1013X001X and high level with P/N 10134X002X. Vertical deviation +Up P2GG Source: Linear voltage generator. ref. to (ground) return Vertical deviation +Down P2HH Range: 0 to 1 Vdc Accuracy: 10 mV or 10% Resolution: 0.5 mV Index Reference: Desired vertical leg Sense: Fly up when +Up more positive than +Down Rated Load: Up to four parallel 1000 ohm loads Scale Factor: Selectable. Refer to Flight Operations section of the applicable Operator's Manual. NOTE: Vertical deviation is normal with P/N 1013X001X and high level with P/N 1013X002X. To/From flag +To P2MM Source: Linear. volt. generator ref. to (ground) return To/From flag +From P2NN Index Reference: TO waypoint Sense: +TO more positive than +FROM when the aircraft position and the FROM waypoint are on the same side of the TO waypoint Voltage: 180250 mV Off Voltage: 0 + 35 mV in OFF condition (no leg) Rated Load: Two parallel 200 ohm loads Vertical Deviation Valid P2JJ Active Condition: 18.5 to 30.0 Vdc Flag Discrete Inactive Condition: 0.0 to 3.5 Vdc (open) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum NAV (ARINC 561) P2v Active Condition: 18.5 to 30.0 Vdc Valid flag Inactive Condition: 0.0 to 3.5 Vdc (open) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum NMS power on P2EE Active condition: +18.5 to 30 Vdc Inactive condition: 0 to 3.5 Vdc (Open) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Sensor power on signal P2FF Active condition 0 to +1.25 Vdc Inactive condition: Open Rated load: 20 mA maximum
34-60-05
Page 214 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. Discrete (1) Inputs

DISCRETE INPUTS PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS P1EE Ground = Active, Open = Inactive P1FF Ground = Active, Open = Inactive P1AA Open = Magnetic, Ground = True See note. P1BB Open = Magnetic, +28 Vdc = True See note. P1HH Open = Magnetic, Ground = True P1CC Open = Airborne, Ground = Weight on wheels P1GG Ground = RSU installed, Open = RSU not installed P1DD Ground Enables special test functions P1LL Open = Inactive, Ground = Active (Expanded) P1MM P1NN
DESCRIPTION #2 NMS select #3 NMS select Mag/True Output switch (normal) Alternate Mag/True Output switch Synchro HDG Mag/True select Oleo strut switch RSU Present Test Switch [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] Expanded/Linear Display [20.X] [21.X] Crosstrack Display Scaling [22.X] 561 Resolution JMP Select
Ground = 399, Open = 3999 Ground = 568 selected Open = 561 selected NOTE: Do not use simultaneously the Mag/True Output (normal) and Alternate Mag/True Output switches.
(2)
Outputs
DISCRETE OUTPUTS DESCRIPTION PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS Message Annunciator P2U Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Output Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open Waypoint Alert Annunciator P2W Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Output Rated Load: 350 mA max. Inactive Condition: Open Selected Crosstrack P2V Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Annunciator Output Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open NMS Heading Annunciator P2T Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Output Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open NMS Approach P2S Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Annunciator Output Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open NMS Position Uncertain P2X Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open System GPS Integrity P2Z Active Condition: 0 to +1.25 Vdc (less than 5 to ground) Annunciator Output Rated Load: 350 mA maximum Inactive Condition: Open Note 2 NOTE 2: This is a system level discrete. If all GPS sensors (internal and external to the UNS1M have status of NONE or ALARM, then this discrete will be set. Use P2Z for your GPS Integrity Annunciator discrete.
34-60-05
Page 215 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual D. Power Inputs

DESCRIPTION Power Lighting POWER INPUTS PIN NUMBER CHARACTERISTICS P1j 19 to 32 Vdc 27.5 Vdc Nominal - 1 A P1i Ground Pik 5 Vdc or 5 Vac (1.66 A) from Aircraft Dim Bus P1m 28 Vdc from Aircraft Dim Bus (.44 A) P1n Common
6.
ARINC Data Bus Inputs

ARINC input ports may be allocated to the following sensors.
NAME AIR DATA Sensor Ports (3 available in any combination) AHRS (Bendix & Collins) DME - one GPSIRS - three GPSOSS - two IRS - three LCS - one OSS - two VOR - one Radar Joystick/MFD - one RRS - one CHARACTERISTICS ARINC LS 429/575 DATA ARINC HS or LS 429/571 Data
A.
AHRS Input ARINC 429

AHRS INPUT ARINC 429 LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) Status 270 DIS 2 Magnetic Heading 320 BNR 10 NOTE: 1. Times out at 2second interval. DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES 1
34-60-05
Page 216 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. DADC Input (1) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)
DEFINITION Selected Alt [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Altitude (29.92) Barocorrected Altitude Mach Indicated Airspeed True Airspeed Static Air Temperature DADC INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 102 BNR 2 203 204 205 206 210 213 BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR 2 2 2 2 2 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NOTES
(2)
ARINC 575
DEFINITION DADC INPUT ARINC 575 LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 203 BNR 2 204 BNR 2 205 BNR 2 206 BNR 2 210 BNR 2 213 BNR 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 NOTES
Altitude (29.92) Barocorrected Altitude Mach Indicated Airspeed True Airspeed Static Air Temperature
C.
DME Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

DME INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) DME Frequency 035 BCD 2 DME Distance 202 BNR 2 NOTE: 1. Update rate is function of DME Receiver. DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES 1 1
D.
FGS (BendixKing) Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]

FGS (BENDIXKING) INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] DEFINITION LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) Selected Course 100N BNR 5 Pitch Discrete Data 271N DIS 10 Roll Discrete Data 276 DIS 10 Equipment Hex ID Code 377 HEX 10 NOTE: 1. Timeout at 2 seconds NOTES 1 1 1 1
34-60-05
Page 217 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual E. GPS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)
DEFINITION GPS Latitude GPS Longitude N/S Velocity [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] E/W Velocity [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] GPS Latitude Figure of Merit GPS Longitude Figure of Merit GPS Constellation Data #1 GPS Constellation Data #2 GPS Horizontal Figure of Merit GPS Status Contents of Selected Memory Data GPS Diagnostic Equipment Identifier GPS INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 110 BNR 1.1 111 BNR 1.1 166 BNR 1.1 174 226 227 240 243 247 273 276 277 371 BNR BNR BNR DIS DIS BNR DIS DIS DIS DIS 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 2 2 2 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 1 NOTES
F.
GPS Input ARINC 429 (HiSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]

GPS INPUT ARINC 429 (HISPEED) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] DEFINITION LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) GPS Latitude 110 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude 111 BNR 1.1 N/S Velocity 166 BNR 1.1 1 E/W/ Velocity 174 BNR 1.1 1 GPS Latitude Figure of Merit 226 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude Figure of Merit 227 BNR 1.1 GPS Constellation Data #1 240 DIS 1 GPS Constellation Data #2 243 DIS 1 GPS Horizontal Figure of Merit 247 BNR 1.1 GPS Status 273 DIS 2 Contents of Selected Memory 276 DIS 2 Data GPS Diagnostic 277 DIS 2 Equipment Identifier 371 DIS 2 NOTES
34-60-05
Page 218 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual G. GPS/IRS Input ARINC 429 (HiSpeed)
GPS/IRS INPUT ARINC 429 (HISPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) Autonomous GPS Latitude 110 BNR 1 Autonomous GPS Longitude 111 BNR 1 Autonomous GPS Fine 120 BNR 1 Latitude Autonomous GPS Fine 121 BNR 1 Longitude Autonomous GPS North 166 BNR 1 Velocity Autonomous GPS East 174 BNR 1 Velocity Autonomous GPS Horizontal 247 BNR 1 Figure of Merit Hybrid GPS Latitude 254 BNR 10 Hybrid GPS Longitude 255 BNR 10 Hybrid GPS Fine Latitude 256 BNR 10 Hybrid GPS Fine Longitude 257 BNR 10 Hybrid GPS Horizontal Figure 264 BNR 1 of Merit Hybrid GPS North Velocity 266 BNR 10 Hybrid GPS East Velocity 267 BNR 10 Status/Error Estimate 270 DIS 2 Autonomous GPS Status 273 DIS 2 Hybrid GPS Status 274 DIS 2 IRS Latitude 310 BNR 5 IRS Longitude 311 BNR 5 True Heading 314 BNR 25 Pitch Angle 324 BNR 50 Roll Angle 325 BNR 50 IRS Maintenance Discrete 350 BNR 2 GPS Receiver Maintenance 352 DIS 1 Discrete GPIRS Maintenance Discrete 353 DIS 1 GPS Nav Maintenance 355 DIS 1 Discrete IRS North Velocity 366 BNR 1 IRS East Velocity 367 BNR 1 DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES
34-60-05
Page 219 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual H. GPS/OSS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)
GPS/OSS INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) GPS Latitude 110 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude 111 BNR 1.1 GPS Fine Latitude 120 BNR 1.1 GPS Fine Longitude 121 BNR 1.1 GPS Measurement Age 124 DIS 1.1 GPS Latitude Figure of Merit 226 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude Figure of Merit 227 BNR 1.1 GPS Constellation Data #1 240 DIS 1 GPS Constellation Data #2 243 DIS 1 GPS Horizontal Figure of Merit 247 BNR 1.1 Status/Error Estimate 270 BNR 2 Stations Used 271 DIS 2 Manual Station Deselections 272 DIS 2 GPS Status 273 DIS 2 OSS Failure Codes 274 DIS 2 Contents of Selected Memory 276 DIS 2 Address GPS Diagnostic 277 DIS 2 Present Latitude 310 BNR 2 Present Longitude 311 BNR 2 True Heading 314 BNR 2 Magnetic Heading 320 BNR 2 Equipment Identifier 371 DIS 2 NOTE: 1. True heading is not required if magnetic heading is sent. DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES
34-60-05
Page 220 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual I. GPS RAIM Input ARINC 429 (Hi And LoSpeed) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X]
GPS RAIM INPUT ARINC 429 (HI AND LOSPEED) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] DEFINITION LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) GPS Horizontal Dilution of 101 BNR 1 Precision GPS Vertical Dilution of 102 BNR 1 Precision GPS Latitude 110 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude 111 BNR 1.1 GPS Horizontal Integrity Limit 130 BNR RAIM Prediction 131 BNR Requested/Destination Longitude RAIM Prediction 132 BNR Requested/Destination Latitude RAIM Prediction 135 BNR Requested/Destination ETA GPS N/S Velocity 166 BNR 1.1 1 GPS E/W Velocity 174 BNR 1.1 1 GPS Latitude Figure of Merit 226 BNR 1.1 GPS Longitude Figure of Merit 227 BNR 1.1 GPS Constellation Data #1 240 BNR 1 GPS Constellation Data #1 243 BNR 1 GPS Horizontal Figure of Merit 247 BNR 1.1 GPS Status 273 DIS 2 Contents of Selected Memory 276 BNR 2 Address GPS Diagnostic 277 BNR 2 Destination HIL 343 BNR 1 Requested HIL 345 BNR 1 Equipment ID Code 371 DIS 1 NOTES
J.
IRS Input (1) ARINC 429 (Hi And LoSpeed)

DEFINITION Status Present Latitude Present Longitude True Heading N/S Velocity E/W Velocity IRS INPUT ARINC 429 (HI AND LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) 270 DIS 2 2 310 BNR 2 2 311 BNR 2 2 314 BNR 10 10 366 BNR 2 2 367 BNR 2 2 NOTES
34-60-05
Page 221 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) ARINC 571

DEFINITION Present Latitude Present Longitude True Heading N/S Velocity E/W Velocity IRS INPUT ARINC 571 LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 210 BNR 2 211 BNR 2 214 BNR 2 266 BNR 2 267 BNR 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 2 2 1 1 1 NOTES
K.
LCS Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

LCS INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) Status 270 DIS 2 Loran Stations Tracked 271 DIS 25 Contents of Selected Memory 273 BNR 2 Address Loran Station Deselection / 274 DIS 25 forced chain selection Latitude Covariance 300 BNR 2 Latitude/longitude Covariance 301 BNR 2 Longitude Covariance 302 BNR 2 Present Latitude 310 BNR 2 Present Longitude 311 BNR 2 DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 NOTES
L.
OSS Input (1) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NOTES
OSS INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) Status/Error Estimate 270 DIS 2 Stations Used 271 DIS 2 Stations Deselected 272 DIS 2 Contents of Selected Memory 273 BNR 2 Address OSS Failure Codes 274 DIS 2 Present Latitude 310 BNR 2 Present Longitude 311 BNR 2 True Heading 314 BNR 2 Magnetic Heading 320 BNR 2
34-60-05
Page 222 17 July 2009

DEFINITION Present Latitude Present Longitude True Heading Present Latitude Present Longitude OSS INPUT ARINC 571 LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 210 BNR 2 211 BNR 2 214 BNR 2 236 BNR 2 237 BNR 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 1 1 1 1 NOTES
M.
Radar Input (1) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

DEFINITION RADAR INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 300 DIS UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES 1 2 2 1
EFIS Selected Mode [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Wpt Latitude 306 BNR Wpt Longitude 307 BNR Equipment Hex ID Code 377 HEX [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] NOTE: 1. Transmission rate depends on the source. Twosecond timeout for update. 2. Update rate is 5 times per second for only one second.
34-60-05
Page 223 17 July 2009

DEFINITION Wpt 0 Latitude Wpt 0 Longitude Wpt 1 Latitude Wpt 1 Longitude Wpt 2 Latitude Wpt 2 Longitude Wpt 3 Latitude Wpt 3 Longitude Wpt 4 Latitude Wpt 4 Longitude Wpt 5 Latitude Wpt 5 Longitude Wpt 6 Latitude Wpt 6 Longitude Wpt 7 Latitude Wpt 7 Longitude Wpt 8 Latitude Wpt 8 Longitude Wpt 9 Latitude Wpt 9 Longitude RADAR INPUT ARINC 571 LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 036 BNR 2 037 BNR 2 040 BNR 2 041 BNR 2 042 BNR 2 043 BNR 2 044 BNR 2 045 BNR 2 046 BNR 2 047 BNR 2 050 BNR 2 051 BNR 2 052 BNR 2 053 BNR 2 054 BNR 2 055 BNR 2 056 BNR 2 057 BNR 2 060 BNR 2 061 BNR 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES
N.
RRS Input (NoTACAN) ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

DEFINITION VOR Frequency DME #1 Frequency DME #2 Frequency DME #1 Range DME #2 Range VOR Bearing RRS Status RRS INPUT (NOTACAN) ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) 034 BNR 4 4 035 BNR 4 4 036 BNR 4 4 203 BNR 4 4 204 BNR 4 4 222 BNR 4 4 275 DIS 4 4 NOTES
O.
VOR Input ARINC 429 (LoSpeed)

VOR INPUT ARINC 429 (LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) VOR Frequency 034 BCD 2 VOR Omnibearing 222 BNR 2 NOTES: 1. Update rate is function of VOR receiver. 2. Bendix format. DEFINITION UPDATE RATE (HZ) NOTES 1 1, 2
34-60-05
Page 224 17 July 2009
7.
ARINC Data Bus Outputs

In addition to the one ARINC 561 Output Port, two ARINC output ports may be configured to the following: A. ARINC 429 HS ARINC 429 LS ARINC 571 ARINC 429 Outputs (Hi And LoSpeed)
ARINC 429 OUTPUTS (HI AND LOSPEED) LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) 034 BCD 2 035 BCD 2 .25 041 BCD 2 1 042 BCD 2 1 043 BCD 2 074 BNR 075 076 101 102 103 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 120 121 122 125 126 127 130 131 132 135 136 BCD BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BCD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3, 4 1 1 1 1
DEFINITION
NOTES
VOR Frequency DME Frequency Set Latitude Set Longitude Set Magnetic Heading Data Record Header (Flight Plan Load (FPL)) Active Waypoint From/To Data (FPL) GPS Altitude (From Mean Sea Level) GPS Horiz Dilution of Precision GPS Vert Dilution of Precision GPS True Track Angle GPS Latitude GPS Longitude GPS Ground Speed Message Checksum (FPL) True Desired Track True Waypoint Bearing Cross Track Distance Vertical Deviation GPS Fine Latitude GPS Fine Longitude Vertical Command Signal GPS UTC HH:MMM Satellite Deselection Satellite Deselection HIL RAIM Predict Request/Dest Longitude RAIM Predict RAIM Predict Request/Dest ETA GPS Vert Figure of Merit
1 1 1, 2 3, 4 3, 4
BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
34-60-05
Page 225 17 July 2009

ARINC 429 OUTPUTS (HI AND LOSPEED) DEFINITION LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) Destination Longitude 143 BNR 2 Destination Latitude 144 BNR 2 Magnetic Variation 147 BNR 2 GPS UTC HH:MM:SS 150 BNR 1 1 152 BNR 2 1 Wind on Nose 163 BNR 2 1 GPS Vertical Velocity 165 BNR 1 1 GPS N/S Velocity 166 BNR 1 1 Pseudo Localizer Deviation 173 BNR 10 GPS E/W Velocity 174 BNR 1 1 Pressure Altitude 203 BNR 2 1 BaroCorrected Altitude 204 BNR 2 1 True Airspeed 210 BNR 2 1 Static Air Temperature 213 BNR 2 1 GPS Constellation Data #1 240 BNR 1 1 GPS Constellation Data #2 243 BNR 1 1 GPS Horiz Figure of Merit 247 BNR 1 1 Distance to Waypoint 251 BNR 2 1 Estimated Time to Waypoint 252 BNR 2 1 Date 260 BCD 2 1 GPS Date DD:MM:YY 261 BCD 1 1 Status 270 DIS & 2 1 BNR OSS Mode Control 271 DIS 2 Manual Station Deselections 272 DIS 2 GPS Sensor Status 273 DIS 1 1 LORAN Station Deselection 274 DIS 25 Status 275 DIS 2 1 Contents of Selected Memory 276 DIS 1 1 Address GPS Diagnostic 277 DIS 1 1 Station Data (FPL) 300 DIS Message Characters 79 (FPL) 301 BNR Message Characters 1012 302 BNR (FPL) Message Length / Type (FPL) 303 BNR Message Characters 13 (FPL) 304 BNR Message Characters 46 (FPL) 305 BNR Nav/WPT/Apt Latitude (FPL) 306 BNR Nav/WPT/Apt Longitude (FPL) 307 BNR Present Latitude 310 BNR 2 1 Present Longitude 311 BNR 2 1 Ground Speed 312 BNR 2 1 True Track Angle 313 BNR 2 1 True Heading 314 BNR 2 1 Wind Speed 315 BNR 2 1 Wind Angle 316 BNR 2 1 NOTES
5 2 6
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
34-60-05
Page 226 17 July 2009

ARINC 429 OUTPUTS (HI AND LOSPEED) DEFINITION LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN UPDATE NOTES RATE (HZ) RATE (HZ) Drift Angle 321 BNR 2 1 Lateral Deviation Scale Factor 326 BNR 10 Vertical Deviation Scale Factor 327 BNR 10 RAIM Predict Dest HIL 343 BNR 1 1 RAIM Predict Request HIL 345 BNR 1 1 Distance to Destination 351 BNR 2 1 (GAMA) Estimated Time to Destination 352 BNR 2 1 (GAMA) Destination Local Time Offset 353 BCD 1 2 NS Velocity 366 BNR 2 1 EW Velocity 367 BNR 2 1 Equipment ID Code 371 BCD 1 2 Equipment ID Code 377 BCD 1 2 NOTE: 1. Output for twelve seconds after a position update or liftoff, otherwise not output. 2. Update is one time only. 3. One record per 100 milliseconds. 4. Updated at end of previous FPL output. 5. Updated as commanded. 6. Updated data for different GRI each 125 milliseconds.
B.
ARINC 561 LoSpeed Outputs

DEFINITION ARINC 561 LOSPEED OUTPUTS LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 001 BCD 4 002 BCD 4 003 BCD 10 006 BCD 10 010 BCD 2 011 BCD 2 012 BCD 4 014 BCD 10 015 BCD 4 016 BCD 4 031 BCD 4 110 DIS 4 115 BNR 4 155 BNR 10 156 BNR 4 157 BNR 4 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 1 10 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 NOTES
Distance to go Time to go Cross Track Distance Drift Angle Present Latitude Present Longitude Ground Speed True Heading Wind Speed Wind Direction Mag Var Status True Bearing to TO Waypoint Display Deviation Distance to the Nth Waypoint Desired Course to Nth Waypoint NOTE: 1. Updated as computed. 2. Updated as modified.
1 2 1 10 1 1
34-60-05
Page 227 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. ARINC 568 [23.X]

DEFINITION Distance to go ARINC 568 OUTPUTS [23.X] LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 201 BCD 4 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 NOTES
D.
ARINC 571 Outputs

ARINC 571 OUTPUTS LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 001 BCD 2 002 BCD 2 003 BCD 10 004 BCD 2 005 BCD 2 010 BCD 2 011 BCD 2 012 BCD 2 014 BCD 2 015 BCD 2 016 BCD 2 024 BCD 2 027 BCD 2 031 BCD 2 035 BCD 2 036 BCD 2 037 BCD 2 040 BCD 2 041 BCD 2 042 BCD 2 043 BCD 2 044 BCD 2 045 BCD 2 046 BCD 2 047 BCD 2 050 BCD 2 051 BCD 2 052 BCD 2 053 BCD 2 054 BCD 2 055 BCD 2 056 BCD 2 057 BCD 2 060 BCD 2 061 BCD 2 063 BCD 2 075 BCD 2
DEFINITION Distance to go Time to go Cross Track Distance True Desired Track Track Angle Error Present Latitude Present Longitude Ground Speed True Heading Wind Speed Wind Direction Selected Track Leg Date Magnetic Variation Heading Rate Wpt 0 Latitude Wpt 0 Longitude Wpt 1 Latitude Wpt 1 Longitude Wpt 2 Latitude Wpt 2 Longitude Wpt 3 Latitude Wpt 3 Longitude Wpt 4 Latitude Wpt 4 Longitude Wpt 5 Latitude Wpt 5 Longitude Wpt 6 Latitude Wpt 6 Longitude Wpt 7 Latitude Wpt 7 Longitude Wpt 8 Latitude Wpt 8 Longitude Wpt 9 Latitude Wpt 9 Longitude Wind on Nose From/TO Status
UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -
NOTES
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
34-60-05
Page 228 17 July 2009

DEFINITION ARINC 571 OUTPUTS LABEL FORMAT MIN. XMSN RATE (HZ) 104 BNR 10 110 115 116 117 121 122 125 173 210 211 212 214 266 267 273 347 371 377 DIS BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BCD BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR DIS BNR BNR HEX 2 2 10 10 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 UPDATE RATE (HZ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NOTES
Target Vertical Speed [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Status Bearing to Waypoint Cross Track Distance [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Vertical Deviation [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Horizontal Command Signal [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Vertical Command Signal [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] UTC Pseudo Localizer Deviation [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Present Latitude Present Longitude Groundspeed True Heading NS Velocity EW Velocity FMS Discrete (Bendix King FGS) [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Distance to Destination Equipment ID [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Equipment Hex ID Code [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] NOTE: 1. Updated as computed. 2. Updated as modified.
34-60-05
Page 229 17 July 2009
8.
A.
CSDB Bus
Inputs
CSDB BUS INPUTS DEFINITION CSDB ADDRESS DME System: Sync A5 DME Freq & Dist (CH 1) 25 DME Freq & Dist (CH 2) 25 DME Freq & Dist (CH 3) 25 DME TTS & Vel (CH 1) 26 DME TTS & Vel (CH 2) 26 DME TTS & Vel (CH 3) 26 DME Identification (CH 1) 27 DME Identification (CH 2) 27 DME Identification (CH 3) 27 DME Diagnostics F3 VOR System Sync A5 VOR Data 21 ILS Data 22 NAV Diagnostics F3 MFD Joystick Position CB NOTE: The data packets and protocol are as described in Commercial Standard Digital Bus (CSDB), Collins document number 523-0772774-00411R.
B. Outputs
CSDB BUS OUTPUTS CSDB ADDRESS RSU System Sync A5 Remote NAV Tune 30 Remote COM Tune 31 Remote ADF Tune 32 Remote ATC Code 33 Remote DME Tune 34 Tune Sync A5 Remote NAV Tune 30 Remote COM Tune 31 Remote ADF Tune 32 Remote ATC Code 33 Remote DME Tune 34 NOTE: The data packets and protocol are as described in Commercial Standard Digital Bus (CSDB), Collins document number 523-0772774-00411R. DEFINITION
34-60-05
Page 230 17 July 2009
9.
Wire And Cable Manufacturers

The following is a list of wire and cable manufacturers that can supply, but are not the only source of, multiconductor cables for use during system installations:
NAME AND ADDRESS A.E. Petsche Company, Inc. 2112 West Division Arlington, TX 76012 Calmont Engineering & Electronics Corporation 420 E. Alton Ave. Santa Ana, CA 92707 Electronic Cable Specialists 5300 W. Franklin Drive. Franklin, WI 53132-8642 PIC Wire & Cable Supply, Inc. N63 W22619 Main Street Sussex, WI 53089 MAILING ADDRESS PHONE AND FAX (817) 461-9473 (714) 549-0336
P.O. Box 37497 Milwaukee, WI 53237-0497 P.O. Box 330 Sussex, WI 53089-0330
Fax
(414) 421-5300 (414) 421-5301 (414) 246-0500 (800) 742-3191 (414) 246-0450
Fax
34-60-05
Page 231 17 July 2009
10.
Drawings
A. UNS1M NMS
UNS1M Outline Drawing (Sheet 1 of 2) (P/N 1013XX0XX)
34-60-05
Page 232 17 July 2009
UNS-1M (Ref) UNS-1M (Ref)
.83" 2" Min. Radius 1.005"
STRAIGHT COAX CONNECT OR DET A AIL
90 COAX CONNECT OR DET A AIL
UNS1M Outline Drawing (Sheet 2 of 2)
34-60-05
Page 233 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. Configuration Module P/N 10131 Configuration Module Installation
(P/N 10131)
34-60-05
Page 234 17 July 2009
1.760 1.602 .302 x 2 0.375 0.75 .188 x 2
UNS-1M CHASSIS
CONFIGURATION MODULE 0.369
THREADED PORTION OF WIRE CLAMP
P1
STRAIN RELIEF CONNECTOR
THREADED PORTION OF WIRE CLAMP
0.56
34-60-05
Page 235 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. Remote Control Display Unit P/N 1014XX
4.974
CDU
P/N S/N SCN WT

DO-178B LEVEL C
MODS
TSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C115b, C129a
Top
4.500 3.375
A H O V B I P W C J Q X D K R Y E L S Z F M T G N U 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9
4.375
5.365 5.750 Front
.51
3.25 Right Side
Remote CDU Outline Drawing P/N 1014XX
34-60-05
Page 236 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual D. GPS Antenna Drawing P/N 10702, P/N 10703, and P/N 10704
GPS Antenna (1) Installation Considerations If antenna is to be installed on an aircraft with a SATCOM (INMARSAT, 1625 MHz) antenna, then we recommend 4 feet minimum spacing. The antenna should be mounted on top of the fuselage near the cockpit. Avoid mounting the antenna near any projections, the propeller, the TTail, and minimize shadowing by the wing during maneuvers. The antenna should also be located with proper spacing to other system antennas such that no performance degradation will occur due to shadowing of signals and/or RF interference. The UNS1M (P/N 10132X0XX) must be configured for 12 V bias with the P/N 10702 antenna or 5 V bias with either the P/N 10703 or P/N 10704 antenna. The UNS1M (P/N 10134X0XX) must be connected to either the P/N 10703 or P/N 10704 antenna. Coax length between the antenna and the UNS1M must not cause more than 9 dB loss.
34-60-05
Page 237 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) Installation Instructions The design of the GPS antenna is such that a ground plane is not required. To assure maximum protection from a possible lightning strike in a metal or metal and fabric aircraft, the antenna base should conduct to the mounting surface. This can be accomplished by removing paint in the area of contact between the antenna base and the aircraft skin. An alternate method is to remove paint in an area of about 1/2 inch in diameter at each of the four screw locations. This is easily done after drilling with a spot facing tool. Use this tool carefully to remove paint and not metal. The hole for TNC Connector should be about .75 inch diameter. Make the smallest practical hole in the pressure vessel. Fasten the antenna with four CRES #1032 Pan Head machine screws of sufficient length to assure that at least two full threads protrude beyond the locking nut or threaded backing plate (if used). Apply a maximum torque of 20 in. lb. to avoid cracking the plastic radome of the antenna. Apply a sealant (RTV is recommended) over screw heads and around the periphery of the antenna to exclude moisture. (3) Specifications
(P/N 10702) GPS ANTENNA (P/N 10703) 0.5 pounds 1575.42 3 MHz 1.5 Max. Right Hand Circular Hemispherical 50 ohms 5.0 dB antenna; 26 dB amplifier Unconditionally stable for any source or load impedance. 50.0 mA nominal @ 50.0 mA nominal @ 5.0 50.0 mA nominal @ 5.0 12.0 Vdc Vdc Vdc 2.0 dB nominal; 3.5 dB max. 5 or greater elevation angle above the horizon <10.0 milliohms to mounted aircraft skin Noneantenna is suitable for installation on composite aircraft without requirement for additional antenna ground plane. With 0.050 inch thick hard ice on radome, a gain decrease of no greater than 2 dB from NoIce condition when signal viewed at 30 degrees or greater elevation with respect to horizon. (P/N 10704)
ITEM Weight Freq VSWR Polarization Radiation Pattern Impedance Gain (Nominal) Stability Power Req. Noise Fig Mask Angle Coupling Ground Plane Requirement Icing
34-60-05
Page 238 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual E. GPS Antenna (P/N 10706)
(1)
Installation Considerations The design of the GPS antenna is such that a ground plane is not required. To assure maximum protection from a lightning strike in a metal or metal and fabric aircraft, the antenna base should conduct to the mounting surface. This can be accomplished by removing paint in the area of contact between the antenna base and the aircraft skin. An alternate method is to remove paint in an area of about inch in diameter at each of the four screw locations. Avoid removing metal under the surface of the paint. The hole for the TNC connector should be approximately .75 inches in diameter (The smallest practical hole is recommended for the pressure vessel.). Position the O-ring as shown at the base of the antenna (Note: use of the O-ring is optional). Install the antenna with the four #10-32 Cross-Recessed Flathead machine
34-60-05
Page 239 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual screws supplied with the antenna to ensure that at least two full threads protrude beyond the locking nut or threaded backing plate (if used). (2) Installation Instructions In order to avoid shadowing by other aircraft structures during normal aircraft maneuvering, the mounting location for the GPS antenna is normally on the top forward portion of the fuselage as close to the centerline and cockpit section as possible. Ideally, the antenna should be installed in a location which provides a clear viewing angle of 360 azimuth, with a minimum elevation angle of 2 above the horizon in order to enable a clear reception of signals from all satellites in view. A survey should be made of proposed GPS antenna installation locations in relationship with existing or proposed Satcom or TCAS transmitting antenna installations. The Satcom and TCAS transmitter frequencies, including communication harmonic frequencies, are in a near frequency band relationship with the receive frequency of GPS receivers. Therefore separation between the GPS antenna and those of the Satcom, TCAS and/or communication transmitter antenna(s) should be maintained at a minimum of 4 feet. In multiple installations there should be a minimum separation of 12 inches between GPS antennas. Total attenuation losses due to antenna cabling and connections must not exceed the minimum recommended specifications listed below. Attenuation losses will vary depending on the type of RF cable connected to the antenna. The gain of the antenna/preamplifier minus the loss of the cable and connectors should be between 20 (minimum) and 30 dB for optimum performance. For instance, if the GPS unit is being connected to antenna P/N 10706, which has a maximum gain of 40 dB, total attenuation losses must not exceed 20 dB (For optimum performance, it is actually preferable not to exceed 10 to 15 dB of cable loss for this example.) to ensure a minimum 20 dB of gain from the antenna input to the GPS sensor. It is also highly recommended that only high-quality, low-loss cable such as ECS or PIC RG-142 or RG-400 (or equivalent) coax cable be used in the installation. Refer to the following table for the maximum allowable cable loss specifications, based on the amount of antenna gain. A maximum torque of 20-in. lbs. is recommended to avoid cracking the plastic radome of the antenna. Apply a sealant (RTV is recommended) over the screw heads and around the periphery of the antenna to exclude moisture. CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE PANHEAD SCREWS (P/N MS51958-66) SUPPLIED WITH THE ANTENNA INSTALLATION KIT (P/N K12021). THE REQUIRED COUNTER-SUNK SCREWS (P/N MS51960-69), IN ADDITION TO THE O-RING (P/N MS28775-142), ARE PROVIDED WITH THE 10706 ANTENNA FOR INSTALLATION. THESE RECESSED SCREWS MUST BE USED TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE ANTENNA HOUSING.
34-60-05
Page 240 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (3)

Weight Frequency VSWR Polarization Type Radiation Pattern Impedance Gain Power Requirements Power Consumption Noise Figure Mask Angle Coupling Recommended Ground Plane Requirement Rejection @ SatCom frequency of 1625 MHz
Specifications
Characteristic .5 lbs. 1575 2MHz <2:1 Right-Hand Circular Hemispherical 50 Ohms 40 2.0dB 5 VDC Approx. 50 mA @ 5 VDC nominal 2.5dB Max. 2 or greater elevation angle above the horizon <10 mOhms to mounted aircraft skin 576 square inch area of bare metal -75dB Specification
34-60-05
Page 241 17 July 2009
Installation and Wiring

1.
A.
General
Non-shielded wires are MIL-W-22759, and shielded wires are MIL-W-27500 or equivalent. Sensor/Equipment Compatibility/Selection When determining compatibility and selecting sensors, the following information applies: IRS Sensors - A maximum of three may be used, configured in any order or combination. All IRS or IRS/GPS sensors are to be of the same type. GPS Sensors - A maximum of two may be used, configured in any order or combination. IRS/GPS Sensors - A maximum of two with UNS1M internal GPS. LORAN-C - A maximum of one. ADC - A maximum of one. DME - One multichannel DME VOR - One digital VOR receiver. Radar Joystick input for waypoint definition - one. AHRS (Bendix or Collins) - One. RRS - One
B.
Form - Dimensions And Communications Inter-unit communications between navigation sensors/equipment and the UNS1M are transmitted and received in two-wire ARINC 429 digital format. The digital ARINC 571 and 575 are also standard formats for interface with Data Nav and Air Data systems. Flight guidance system interface may be either digital or analog. A representative listing of compatible sensors and equipment, with which the UNS1M can communicate, is in the following Table. Information on the formats/types of input and output data required and used for each of the sensors/equipment are also indicated in the tables. The listings are used to determine and select compatible sensors/equipment for use with the UNS1M, and obtain data format/type information for system interconnection strapping when installing the sensors/equipment. The UNS1M NMS is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module, which is a part of the aircraft installation. At the time of installation, the Configuration Module is programmed through keypad inputs to completely define the sensor input ports, fuel flow types, air data type, etc. A replacement UNS1M can be inserted into the aircraft with a programmed configuration module and no reprogramming is required.
34-60-05
Page 301 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (1) Digital Inputs

DIGITAL INPUTS COMPATIBLE SENSORS/EQUIPMENTDATA FORMAT/TYPE LIST FROM SENSOR/EQUIPMENT DATA FORMAT/TYPE REMARKS ARINC OTHER IRS Honeywell Laseref/Lasernav 429 HS Litton LTN-92 429 HS Delco Carousel IRS 429 LS & 571 Depends on modifications included Litton LTN-72-R, 72 RL 571 LCS Universal LCS 429 LS ONI-7000 (NOTE 3) 429 LS ONI CDU must be retained ADC Collins ADC-80 (NOTE 1) 575 ADC80K or Collins equiv. (NOTE 1) Sperry ADZ-800/810-( ) 429 LS IDC Modified TAS 429 LS B & D TAS Plus 2600 Series 429 LS B & D 2800 429 LS UASC ACU 429 LS ADS-550 429 LS DME 429 LS Bendix DM-441( ) Collins DME-42 CSDB (NOTE 2) CSDB One or other, not both (NOTE 2) Collins DME-442 429 LS Foster DME-670 429 LS VOR Bendix VN-411 ( ) 429 LS Collins VIR-32 CSDB (NOTE 2) Collins VIR-432 429 CSDB One or other, not both (NOTE 2) RRS UASC RRS P/N 1058-XX-( ) 429 LS RADAR/RADAR INTERFACE/MFD Collins WXR-300 MFD Joystick operation Sperry Data Nav III 571 Bendix Radar Nav IU-2023B 571 GPS Universal GPS-950 429 LS Universal GPS-1000 429 LS Universal GPS-1200 429 LS Honeywell GPIRU 429 LS or HS Honeywell GPIRS 429 HS NOTE: 1. Must be specified for type aircraft, and have both TAS and altitude data. 2. Short Range Navigation Radios which utilize CSDB interface are preferred. 3. Part Number and software must be correct. Refer to the applicable Sensor Manual.
34-60-05
Page 302 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) Analog Inputs

ANALOG INPUTS COMPATIBLE SENSORS/EQUIPMENTDATA FORMAT/TYPE LIST FROM SENSOR/EQUIPMENT GENERAL INFORMATIONFORMAT/TYPE/ETC. DC AC DIS VOLTAGE REMARKS RANGE NAV/Instruments Instrument Reference 26 Vac HDG, BRG to WPT 400 Hz and Desired Track Steering Reference 26 Vac F/D-A/P Roll Comm. 400 Hz Synchro Heading Standard ARINC 3 wire xmtr 407 Synchro Heading Valid +28 Vdc +28 Vdc valid Synchro Heading Input Open/Ground Open = MAG Select Mag/True Ground = True Mag/True Output Open/Ground Open = MAG Control Ground = True Alternate Mag/True Out Open/ Open = MAG Control +28 Vdc +28 Vdc = True Deviation Scaling Options [20.X] [21.X]: Enroute Mode Open/ Open - Normal (Lateral only, Ground Ground - Expanded Vertical - no change) or Open/ Open - Angular Approach Mode Ground Ground - Linear (Lat & Vertical) Input Power DC +28 Vdc, Acft Primary AC 26 Vac 400 Hz, 1 VA (Maximum Power required.) Fuel Flow (2 separate inputs) 0 - 12 Vdc Compatible transducers DC Analog in this range Pulse Frequency Width Miscellaneous Open/ open = air Oleo Strut Switch Ground Gnd = Ground
34-60-05
Page 303 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (3) Digital Outputs
DIGITAL OUTPUTS COMPATIBLE SENSORS/EQUIPMENTDATA FORMAT/TYPE LIST FROM SENSOR/EQUIPMENT DATA FORMAT/TYPE REMARKS ARINC OTHER IRS Honeywell Laseref/Lasernav 429 LS Litton LTN-90 429 LS Delco Carousel IRS 429 LS Depends on IRS modifications Delco Carousel IRS 571 Depends on IRS modifications LCS Universal LCS 429 LS Radar/Radar Interface/MFD Sperry Data Nav III 571 Nine waypoints Sperry Data Nav IV 561 Three waypoints Sperry MG-600/800 Series 429/561 Depends on MG Part No. Bendix Radar Nav (429 type) 429 LS Bendix Radar Nav IU-2023B 571 Nine waypoints Collins WXR-300 561 Three waypoints Radios (Note 1) DME (Tune) Bendix DM-441 429 LS Type RZ Collins DME-42 CSDB Collins DME-442 429 LS CSDB One or other, not both Foster DME-670 429 LS Type RZ VOR (Tune) Collins VIR-32 CSDB Freq Mgmt by pilot Collins VIR-432 CSDB Entered commands Bendix VN-411 429 NOTE: 1. RS422 NRZ data format for all CSDB listings. CONTROL HEADS Collins CTX-XX/Pro Line II CSDB Gables Type 814 GPS Honeywell GPSSU 429 LS or HS Honeywell IRS/GPS 429 HS HSI Collins 331A-9G 561 Six Wire Sperry RD-650 561 Six Wire (DIST only) (Note 2) NOTE: 2. LRN DIS w/ARINC 568 Label 201. Cabin Display CD-2000 429 LS or HS & -
34-60-05
Page 304 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (4) Analog Outputs

ANALOG OUTPUTS COMPATIBLE SENSORS/EQUIPMENT - DATA FORMAT/TYPE LIST FROM SENSOR/EQUIPMENT GENERAL INFORMATION - FORMAT/TYPE/ETC. DC AC DIS VOLTAGE RANGE REMARKS Lateral Xtrk Deviation, Normal 0250 mVdc linear 1013XX01X Lateral Xtrk Deviation, High Level 06 Vdc linear 1013XX02X Vertical Deviation, Normal 01 Vdc linear 1013XX01X Vertical Deviation, High Level Roll Steer Command TO/FROM Flag Synchro/Resolver Vert Dev, Roll Steer, Nav, Digital & NMS Valids SXTK, Message, WPT Alert, NMS Hdg, & NMS Approach Annuns, POS Uncertain, GPS Integrity NOTE: DIS = Discrete 0 2 Vdc linear (7.5 Flag Stow) 12 V, 400 Hz max. 180250 mV 0 35 mV 011 Vac, 400 Hz 09 Vac, 400 Hz 18.530 Vdc 03.5 Vdc 01.25 Vdc 18.530 Vdc 1013XX02X 0.393 Vac/Deg. ACTIVE OFF Condition Std ARINC 407 Std Resolver Active (350 mA Max.) Inactive Active Inactive
C.
Remote Annunciators The UNS1M provides outputs to remotely mounted panel annunciators. These include remote Message, Waypoint Alert, GPS INTEG, Selected Crosstrack, NMS Heading and NMS Approach advisories.
D.
General Mounting Considerations The UNS1M is instrument panel or pedestal mounted using standard configuration DZUS rails. Consideration should be given to the depth of the UNS1M, THE GPS coax cable and wire bundles when planning installation. The Configuration Module is mounted directly onto the connector strain relief. Refer to Configuration Module Installation drawing in Section III. CAUTION: MATING CONNECTORS FOR UNS1M REAR CONNECTORS P1 AND P2 ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE. THEY ARE INDEXED DIFFERENTLY. BE SURE THAT THE CORRECT CONNECTOR IS USED ON THE END OF EACH WIRE BUNDLE.
2.
UNS1M Interfaces
Interconnection wiring information between the aircraft, UNS1M, Radios, Flight Guidance ARINC 429 radar data, RRS, and Cabin Display interface is provided in following paragraphs. Information on configuring ports/sensors is also included.
34-60-05
Page 305 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual A. UNS1M Wiring Diagram

UNS-1M P/N 1013-XX-0XX 28 VDC IN DC RETURN GND CONFIG MODULE +5 VDC DATA CLK DATA I/O j i H G F E CC AIR 6 A RS-422 RCVR DATA FROM RCDU B RS-422 XMIT A DATA TO RCDU B 561/568 SELECT APPR HDG WPT SXTK ANNUNCIATOR GPS OUTPUTS INTEG POS MSG SENSOR PWR CONTROL IN +28 V LIGHTING LIGHTING COMMON +5 V LIGHTING p q T U NN P2 S T W V Z X U FF P1 m 5 n k P3 GPS ANTENNA 8 10 28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS 9 REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS IF INSTALLED GND = ON D N P R POS LAMP INPUT MSG LAMP INPUT DC POWER GND SENSOR POWER CONTROL OUT H L CDU LTG 5 H P1 J K A B P1 20 20 24 BROWN 24 RED 24 YELLOW 24 BLUE GN CONFIGURATION MODULE P/N 10131 4 RCDU (Optional) P/N 1014-XX A RS-422 XMTR B DATA TO NCU A RS-422 RCVR B DATA FROM NCU 2 28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS
STRUT SWITCH DISC
1A
+28 VDC IN
5V PANEL LTG 5 28V PANEL LTG
20 20 20
E F G
Sheet 1 of 5 UNS1M Wiring Diagram
34-60-05
Page 306 17 July 2009

NOTE: 1. IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE AND VERIFY CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION. 2. ALL WIRING TO BE 22 A.W.G. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. DO NOT DAISY CHAIN SHIELD GROUNDS. THE CONFIGURATION MODULE IS MOUNTED ON, AND BECOMES PART OF, THE
4 UNS-1M CONNECTOR STRAIN RELIEF. THE MODULE IS PROGRAMMED THROUGH

THE UNS-1M FROM THE REMOTE CDU. WIRES SHOWN ARE PART OF THE CONFIGURATION MODULE.
5 USE EITHER 5 V OR 28 VDC, NOT BOTH. 6 GROUND.

WEIGHT ON WHEELS LOGIC IS P1, CC GROUNDED WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS ON THE USE SENSOR POWER CONTROL ONLY FOR SENSORS MANUFACTURED BY OR
7 FOR UNIVERSAL NAVIGATION CORPORATION OR UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS

CORPORATION. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANTENNA IDENTIFICATION AND
8 COAX RECOMMENDATIONS. WHEN CALCULATING COAX LENGTH REMEMBER,

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOSS IS 9dB (UNS-1M P/N 1013-4X-XXX).
9 GPS INTEG ANNUNCIATOR REQUIRED FOR UNS-1M P/N 1013-4X-XXX. 10 DISCRETE SELECTION BETWEEN ARINC 568 SHORT RANGE AND ARINC 561
THE JUMPER FROM P2-S TO P1-NN IS USED WITH SCN 23 TO PROVIDE FOR LONG RANGE DATA. THIS DISCRETE ACCOMODATES CERTAIN EFIS TYPES WHICH REQUIRE ARINC 561 LRN DATA FOR ENROUTE AND TERMINAL MODES, AND ARINC 568 (DME DISTANCE ONLY) FOR APPROACH MODE.
Sheet 1 of 5 (Continued) UNS1M Wiring Diagram
34-60-05
Page 307 17 July 2009

UNS-1M (P/N 1013-XX-0XX) LATERAL DEV. (XTK) R L KK LL DD GG HH P2 F/D SWITCH UNIT HSI
NMS MASTER NAV VALID 1 VERTICAL DEV. UP DN
HI LVL VERT VALID NMS POWER ON VALID
JJ EE FD NAV SELECT 28 VDC VHF NAV FMS NAV
X-SIN SYNCHRO OR RESOLVER BEARING Y-COS Z-SIN/ COS RET
x y z
X-SIN SYNCHRO OR RESOLVER DES TRK Y-COS Z-SIN/ COS RET H DATA L
e f g
p q
ARINC 561 OUTPUT
SYNC
H L
r s
H CLK L ARINC 561 DIGITAL VALID TO FROM
t u
v MM NN
NORMAL DEVIATION OUTPUT WITH P/N 1013-XX-01X. HIGH-LEVEL DEVIATION OUTPUT WITH P/N 1013-XX-02X.
34-60-05
Page 308 17 July 2009

UNS-1M (P/N 1013-XX-0XX) SYNCHRO HEADING INPUT X Y Z X Y Z
P1 COMPASS SYSTEM
+28 HDG VALID INPUT SYNCHRO HDG INPUT SELECT (MAG/TRUE) 1 26 VAC INSTR REF ANALOG HDG REF 26 VAC A/P REF H L H L H L
V HH
M N K L P R 1
26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS
26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS
P2 ROLL STRG VALID ROLL STRG OUTPUT H L CC AA BB FD/AP COMPUTER 2
P1 H #1 FUEL FLOW INPUTS H #2 L C D #2 FUEL FLOW L A B
#1 FUEL FLOW
1 2
OPEN = MAGNETIC, GROUND = TRUE IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, ON LEARJET 30 SERIES AIRCRAFT WITH JET FC200 AUTOPILOT, A STEERING INTERFACE UNIT (SIU), P/N 92-7009-1, BE INSTALLED. THIS ALLOWS FULL UNS-1M ROLL STEERING CAPABILITIES TO BE USED BY THE AUTOPILOT.
UNS1M Wiring Diagram Sheet 3 of 5
34-60-05
Page 309 17 July 2009

(P/N 1013-XX-0XX) UNS-1M CSDB OUTPUT PORT #1 A B a b P2
CSDB OUTPUT PORT #2
A B
c d P1
CSDB INPUT PORT #1
A B
u CSDB DME/VOR v 1
CSDB INPUT PORT #2
A B
w x
CSDB INPUT PORT #3
A B
y z
P2 (ARINC 429) INTERNAL GPS OUTPUT PORT (NOT AVAILABLE WITH SCN 20.X)
A B
K L
OFFSIDE NMS/FMS
(ARINC 429/571) 2 (ARINC 429/571) 2
OUTPUT PORT #1
A B
A B
OUTPUT PORT #2
A B
C D P1
(ARINC 429/571)
INPUT PORT #1
A B
a b 1) POSITION SENSORS 2) RADAR 3) ARINC DME/VOR 4) ADC 5) AHRS 6) XFILL, IF CROSSIDE FMS IS INSTALLED 7) ARINC 429 HS, 429 LS, 571
(ARINC 429/571)
INPUT PORT #2
A B
c d
(ARINC 429/571)
INPUT PORT #3
A B
e f
(ARINC 429/571)
INPUT PORT #4
A B
g h P2 DB-9S 2 3 5 1 TO IBM COMPATIBLE PC SERIAL PORT FOR TEST PURPOSES ONLY
TxD RS232 TEST MONITOR PORT RxD GND
E F J
1 RS-422-NRZ DATA FORMAT FOR ALL CSDB LISTINGS. 2 ARINC output Ports #1 and #2 cannot be configured the same (that is, if #1 is configured for ARINC 429 LS, then #2 cannot be configured for 429 LS too).
4 6 7 8
34-60-05
Page 310 17 July 2009

UNS-1M (P/N 1013-XX-0XX) P1 561 DIST FORMA T LA DEV SCALING T . MAG/TRUE SEL MM LL AA BB EE FF OPEN = 0 - 3999 NM. GND = 0 - 399 NM. OPEN = NORMAL - ENROUTE/ANGULAR-APPROACH GND = EXP ANDED - ENROUTE/LINEAR-APPROACH OPEN = MAGNETIC, GND = TRUE OPEN = MAGNETIC, 28 VDC = TRUE GND IF APPLICABLE GND IF APPLICABLE 3 3
(AL MAG/TRUE SEL T) #2 NMS SELECT #3 NMS SELECT
USE ONE OR THE OTHER MAG/TRUE OUTPUT SELECTS, BUT NOT BOTH. NOT USED IF P1-EE AND P1-FF ARE AS SHOWN, THEN THE UNS-1M NMS IS CONFIGURED AS SHOWN NMS #1 NMS #2 NMS #3 (SIDE 1) NMS #3 (SIDE 2)
2 3
P1-EE OPEN GND OPEN GND
P1-FF OPEN OPEN GND GND
34-60-05
Page 311 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. UNS1M To CDI-500 P/N 50-0002-X1 Or 50-0002-X2
UNS-1M ARINC 429 LS DATA OUTPUT A B P2 NOTE 5 CDI P/N 50-0002-XX 8 15 14 6 5 NC NC NC DC POWER SOURCE 1 4 3 7 11 13 10 5 V OR 28 V (NOTE 1) 1 9 429 LS A IN 429 LS B IN SHIELD 429 LS SELECT INTERNAL GND INTERNAL GND 429 SELECT 429 HS SELECT POWER 27.5 VDC POWER GND CHASSIS GND HI LO PANEL LIGHTS
Notes:
1. P/N 50-0002-01 = 5 V P/N 50-0002-02 = 28 V P/N 50-0002-11 = 5 V P/N 50-0002-12 = 28 V 2. Installation Kit P/N 1244 used for CDI-500. 3. Connector - DA 15P (Amp P/N 745093-1) Mate - DA 15S (Standard 15 Pin) w/Male Screw Retainer. 4. Refer to Skylight Avionics Installation Manual for specifics on the CDI-500. 5. Refer to the ARINC OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to the UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAM.
CAUTION IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 312 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. UNS1M ARINC 419/571 Radar Interface - Bendix/King IU2023B
UNS-1M ARINC OUTPUT A 571 NOTE 1 B RADAR PORT P1 ARINC 429/571 INPUT A NOTE 2 PORT B P2 LATERAL DEV OUTPUT RT+ LT+ KK LL DD EE 15 30 27 10 HSI RT+ HSI LT+ HSI FLAG MASTER WARN FLAG P2 P5006 BENDIX/KING IU2023B 28 11 44 7 24 LINE A IN LINE B IN GROUND LINE A OUT LINE B OUT
MASTER NAV VALID FLAG NMS POWER ON
HSI
Notes:
1. Refer to ARINC OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAM. 2. Refer to ARINC INPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAM.
34-60-05
Page 313 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual D. UNS1M, ARINC 571 Radar Data Interface
UNS-1M ARINC 571 A LO SPEED OUTPUT NOTE 1 PORT B OUTPUT RADAR DATA NOTE 1 INPUT PORT 571 RADAR INPUT RADAR DATA ARINC 571 OUTPUT
Notes:
1. Refer to ARINC OUTPUTS and ARINC INPUTS portions of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING DATA. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAM.
E. ARINC 429 Radar Data Interface
UNS-1M ARINC 429 OUTPUT A LO SPEED NOTE 1 PORT B OUTPUT RADAR DATA NOTE 1 INPUT PORT 429 RADAR NAV INPUT RADAR DATA ARINC 429 OUTPUT
Notes:
1. Refer to ARINC OUTPUTS and ARINC INPUTS portions of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M Wiring Diagrams.
34-60-05
Page 314 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual F. NCU To BFG Stormscope, WX1000E
UNS-1M GAMA 429 LS OUTPUT PORT A B NOTE 1 P302 34 35 WX1000E A 429 DATA B INPUT
Notes:
1. Refer to ARINC INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS. IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
CAUTION:
G.
Radio Interface Interface data is provided for DME and VOR Radios. Interconnect wiring for these radios depends on the capabilities of the specific radios used. Both block diagrams and wiring diagrams have been provided. Diagrams include DME and VOR radios. (1) UNS1M To DME - Collins DME-42 With 2 X 5 Tuning
SYSTEM #1 OR #2
DME-42 56
CSDB TUNE
OUTPUT A NOTE 1 PORT B A B NOTE 1
54 55 47 46 45
A B A B
TUNE DATA INPUT
CSDB DME
INPUT PORT
DME DATA OUTPUT
CAUTION IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION. NOTE 1. Refer to CSDB INPUTS and OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING DATA. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 315 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) UNS1M To DME Single UNS1M, Single Collins DME-42 With Single CTL Head
UNS-1M #1 NAV CTL-32 CSDB OUTPUT A NOTE 3 TUNE PORT B a Z Y CSDB INPUT DME PORT A B NOTE 3 N M L 47 46 45 A B DME DATA OUTPUT #1 DME-42 (NOTE 1) 56 54 55 A B TUNE DATA INPUT
Notes:
1. If an IND-42A is used, strap channel 3 blind; onside and offside frequency will be displayed. 2. RS-422 NRZ data format for CSDB. 3. Refer to CSDB INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING DATA. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 316 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (3) UNS1M to DME - Dual UNS1M, Dual Collins DME-42 With CTL Heads
#1 UNS-1M #1 NAV CTL-32 CSDB OUTPUT A NOTE 4 TUNE PORT B a Z Y CSDB INPUT DME PORT A B NOTE 4 N M L 47 46 45 #2 NAV CTL-32 b CSDB OUTPUT A NOTE 4 TUNE PORT #2 B a Z Y A CSDB INPUT NOTE 4 DME PORT #3 B N M L 47 46 45 A B DME-2 DATA OUTPUT A B DME-1 DATA OUTPUT #1 DME-42 56 54 55 A B TUNE DATA INPUT
#2 UNS-1M
(NOTE 1)
#2 DME-42 56 54 55 A B TUNE DATA INPUT
Notes:
1. Add ground strap to identify as #2 NAV for remote tuning. 2. Universal Navigation Corp. recommends Collins IND-42C indicator be used in lieu of IND-42A. If IND-42A is used, pilot's IND-42 will have Channel 2 dashed, and copilot's IND-42 will have Channel 1 dashed. Preselect channel will be displayed if aircraft wiring permits. 3. RS-422 NRZ data format for CSDB. 4. Refer to CSDB INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portions of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 317 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (4) UNS1M To VOR/DME Data - Sperry Primus II
B A B NOTE 2 A 59 57 44 B RNZ-850 PILOT NAV UNIT 89 A VOR RS422 DATA
PILOT UNS-1M CSDB VOR INPUT PORT
CSDB DME
INPUT PORT
A B
NOTE 2
A DME RS422 B DATA
RM-850 PILOT RMU CSDB TUNE OUTPUT A NOTE 2 PORT B E F FMCS BUS
CPLT UNS-1M CSDB VOR INPUT PORT A B NOTE 2
RNZ-850 COPILOT NAV UNIT B 102 A VOR RS422 A DATA 84 B 54 16 A DME RS422 B DATA
CSDB DME
INPUT PORT
A B
NOTE 2
RM-850 CPLT RMU CSDB TUNE A B NOTE 2 E F FMCS BUS
Notes:
1. RS-422 NRZ data format for CSDB. 2. Refer to CSDB INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 318 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (5) UNS1M To NAV - Collins VIR-32 With 2 X 5 Or CTL Serial Tuning
UNS-1M #1 CSDB VOR INPUT PORT A B NOTE 4
#1 NAV VIR-32 (P1) 48 47 A B VOR DATA OUTPUT
UNS-1M #2 CSDB VOR INPUT PORT A B NOTE 4
#2 NAV VIR-32 (P1) 48 47 14 A B VOR DATA OUTPUT
#2 SELECT
Notes:
1. Add ground strap to identify as #2 System. 2. If CTL serial tuning is used, ground Pin b on #2 CTL-32 Control Head for proper serial tuning communication. 3. RS-422 NRZ data format for all CSDB. 4. Refer to CSDB INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 319 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (6) UNS1M To DME - Bendix DM-441( ), ARINC 429 Channeling
DM-441A R/T W s A B RNAV TUNE DATA INPUT
UNS-1M #1 OR #2 ARINC 429 LS OUTPUT A NOTE 2 PORT B
ARINC 429/571
INPUT A NOTE 2 PORT B
R p
A B
429 DATA OUTPUT
DM-441B R/T 41 30 A B RNAV TUNE DATA INPUT
ARINC 429/571
17 55
A B
429 DATA OUTPUT
Notes:
1. For compatibility with UNS-1M, Bendix DM-441 series DME requires software MOD level 'F', or higher. 2. Refer to ARINC INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 320 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) UNS1M To DME - Foster DME-670/TX-670, ARINC 429 Channeling
TX-670-02 (Notes 1 & 3) 9 8 A B RNAV TUNE DATA INPUT
ARINC 429/571
10 11
A B
429 DATA OUTPUT
P6703 (TX-670) Notes: 1. For compatibility with UNS-1B NCU, IN-602/TX-670 series DME requires software Mod A installed. 2. Refer to ARINC INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS. 3. The DME portion of the TX-670 is the only usable portion. The TACAN portion will not function. IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
CAUTION
34-60-05
Page 321 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (8) UNS1M To DME - Single UNS1M, Single Collins DME-42 With Dual CTL Head
UNS-1 #1 NAV CTL-32 a Z Y CSDB INPUT DME PORT A B N M L 47 46 #2 NAV CTL-32 M N L CSDB OUTPUT A NOTE 3 TUNE PORT B a Z Y 45 A B DME DATA OUTPUT #1 DME-42 56 54 55 A B TUNE DATA INPUT
NOTE 3
Notes:
1. If an IND-42A is used, strap channel 3 blind; onside and offside frequency will be displayed. 2. RS-422 NRZ data format for CSDB. 3. Refer to CSDB INPUTS AND OUTPUTS Portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 322 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (9) UNS1M To NAV - Bendix VN-411( ), ARINC 429 Channeling
UNS-1M #1 OR #2 ARINC 429/571 INPUT PORT A B NOTE 1
NAV VN-411A C d A B VOR DATA OUTPUT
UNS-1M #1 OR #2 ARINC 429/571 INPUT PORT A B NOTE 1
NAV VN-411B 62 103 A B VOR DATA OUTPUT
Notes:
1. Refer to ARINC INPUTS AND OUTPUTS portion of CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING. Also refer to UNS-1M WIRING DIAGRAMS.
34-60-05
Page 323 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (10)

UNS-1M P2 AA SECONDARY YELLOW PRIMARY BROWN RED N/C WHITE BLACK BLUE 10 KW 1.2 W 5% 36 P3 32 + RNAV CMD 560 mV per degree
NCU TO FGS - Collins APS-65, King Air C-90/B-200

COLLINS APS-65 AUTOPILOT COMPUTER
ROLL STEERING COMMAND
HI
LO
BB
GREEN
PICO TRANSFORMER K-7530 NOTES: 1. Source for Transformer: Pico Electronics Inc. 453 N. Mac Questeu Pkwy Mt. Vernon, NY 10552 Ph: (914) 699-5514 Fax: (914) 699-5565 2. K-7530 Specifications: Primary Impedance: 5000 Ohms Secondary Impedance: Series - 5000 Ohms Parallel - 1250 Ohms Power: 750 mw
CAUTION:
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 324 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (11) Forced Capture Logic (Approach Flown Via Roll Command Only) The wiring logic shown below is used in installations in which FMS Enroute and Approach Modes are flown via roll command only. (no pseudo LOC or pseudo G/S deviation coupling through the flight director/autopilot). NOTE: The following wiring diagram is not applicable for autopilots with discrete force capture logic inputs. This wiring is appropriate for those autopilots that do not respond to roll steering commands until lateral deviation is zero.
HSI L R VALID L R VALID
VOR
F/D / A/P UNS-1M NMS P/N 1013-2X-011 P/N 1013-4X-011 LAT DEV L LL R KK DD CC VHF FM ROLL STEERING CMD +28 FMS ROLL STEERING VALID P2 L R LAT DEV
NAV VALID ROLL STEER VALID
ROLL HI AA STEER LOW BB CMD
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 325 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (12) Forced Capture Logic For Analog Flight Director/Autopilot The wiring logic shown below is used for NMS operation during, Holding and NMS Heading. Shorting the lateral deviation input forces the autopilot/flight director to transition from NAV ARM Mode to NAV CAPTURE Mode and follow roll steering during NMS Enroute Mode. When in NMS Approach Mode, normal deviation is provided.
TO HSI & ADI FOR DISPLAY VOR L R VALID UNS-1M LAT DEV L LL R KK FMS ENROUTE 1 P2
L R
TO FD AND AUTOPILOT
APPR MODE S ANN DISCRETE HDG MODE T ANN DISCRETE ROLL STEERING CC VALID NAV VALID DD ROLL HI AA STEERING LO BB CMD
TO AUTOPILOT
FMS APPROACH
+28 V FMS
NOTE:
[23.X] P2S is also connected to P1NN (JMP Input).
FMS HEADING
FMS SELECT VHF NAV FMS NAV
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 326 17 July 2009
H.
UNS1M Pin Identification Chart

P1 (MATING CONNECTOR MS27473T24F61SA) FUNCTION Fuel Flow #1 High Fuel Flow #1 Low Fuel Flow #2 High Fuel Flow #2 Low Configuration Module Serial Data (Blue) Configuration Module Serial Clock (Yellow) Configuration Module Power (Red) Configuration Module Power Ground (Brown)
400 Hz Heading Reference High 400 Hz Heading Reference Common 400 Hz Instrument Reference High 400 Hz Instrument Reference Common 400 Hz Autopilot Reference High 400 Hz Autopilot Reference Common RS422 Private [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Remote/Repeater Keyboard Output (A) RS422 Private [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Remote/Repeater Keyboard Output (B) Heading Valid Input Reserved Heading Synchro X Input Heading Synchro Y Input Heading Synchro Z Input ARINC 429 Input Port 1 (A) ARINC 429 Input Port 1 (B) ARINC 429 Input Port 2 (A) ARINC 429 Input Port 2 (B) ARINC 429 Input Port 3 (A) ARINC 429 Input Port 3 (B) ARINC 429 Input Port 4 (A) ARINC 429 Input Port 4 (B) Power Ground +28 Vdc Input +5 V Lighting +28 V Lighting Lighting Common RS422 Private [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Remote/Repeater Keyboard Input (A)
PIN A B C D E
F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k m n p
PIN q
r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN
P1 (MATING CONNECTOR MS27473T24F61SA) FUNCTION RS422 Private [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Remote/Repeater Keyboard Input (B) Spare Ground True Input Spare Ground True Input Spare +28 V True Input CSDB Input Port 1 (A) CSDB Input Port 1 (B) CSDB Input Port 2 (A) CSDB Input Port 2 (B) CSDB Input Port 3 (A) CSDB Input Port 3 (B) Mag/True Output Select Mag/True Alternate Output Select Oleo Strut Switch Input Test Switch Input (N/A SCN 23) Select NMS #2 Input Select NMS #3 Input RSU Present Input Synchro Heading Mag/True Select Input Go Around Armed (provision) Go Around Active (provision) Crosstrack Display Scaling (expanded/linear) [20.X] [21.X] ARINC 561 Resolution 561/568 Select. Jumper to P2-S only when it is desired to have 568 for approaches and 588 for enroute and terminal [23.X]
PP
34-60-05
Page 327 17 July 2009

P2 (MATING CONNECTOR MS27473T24F61S) FUNCTION ARINC 429/571 Output Port 1 (0A) ARINC 429/571 Output Port 1 (0B) ARINC 429/571 Output Port 2 (A) ARINC 429/571 Output Port 2 (B) RS232 Private Test Monitor Port, TD RS232 Private Test Monitor Port, RD RS232 Private Test Monitor Port, RTS RS232 Private Test Monitor Port, CTS RS232 Private Test Monitor Port, GND ARINC 429 Transmitter Port (A) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 429 Transmitter Port (B) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 429 Receiver 1 (A) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 429 Receiver 1 (B) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 429 Receiver 2 (A) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 429 Receiver 2 (B) Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] Approach Annunciator Output Jumper in wire harness: P1NN to P2S [23.X] NMS Heading Mode Annunciator Output Message Annunciator Output Selected Crosstrack Annunciator Output Waypoint Alert Annunciator Output NMS Position Uncertain Annunciator Output Spare GPS Integrity Annunciator CSDB Output Port 1 (A) CSDB Output Port 1 (B) CSDB Output Port 2 (A) CSDB Output Port 2 (B) Desired Track Synchro Output X or Resolver Sin Desired Track Synchro Output Y or Resolver Cos Desired Track Synchro Output Z or Resolver Return Reserved P2 (MATING CONNECTOR MS27473T24F61S) FUNCTION RS232 Signal Ground Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] DO NOT USE THIS OUTPUT RS232 Receive Data Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] RS232 Transmit Data Internal GPS Sensor [21.X] [22.X] [23.X] ARINC 561 Data (H) ARINC 561 Data (L) ARINC 561 Sync (H) ARINC 561 Sync (L) ARINC 561 Clock (H) ARINC 561 Clock (L) ARINC 561 Valid Output Reserved Bearing Synchro Output X or Resolver Sin Bearing Synchro Output Y or Resolver Cos Bearing Synchro Output Z or Resolver Return Roll Steering Output (H) Roll Steering Output (L) Roll Steering Valid Output NMS Master NAV Valid Output NMS Power On Valid Sensor Pwr On Signal Valid Vertical Deviation Output (+Up) Vertical Deviation Output (+Down) Vertical Deviation Valid Output Lateral (Crosstrack) Deviation Output (+R) Lateral (Crosstrack) Deviation Output (+L) To/From Output (+To) To/From Output (+From)
PIN A B C D E F G H J K
L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i
PIN j
k m n p q r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP
P3 (MATING CONNECTOR M39012 FOR RG 58 COAX) PIN FUNCTION Coax GPS Antenna
34-60-05
Page 328 17 July 2009
I.
RCDU Pin Identification Chart
RCDU CONNECTOR (MATING CONNECTOR P/N 83001150) PIN FUNCTION A RS422 RCVR from NCU (A) B RS422 RCVR from NCU (B) C D POS Lamp Control E Aircraft Lighting +5 V F Aircraft Lighting Return G Aircraft Lighting + 28 V NOTE: Use 5 V or 28 V but not both. H J RS422 XMTR to NCU (A) K RS422 XMTR to NCU (B) L M Power Input +28 Vdc N MSG Lamp Control P dc Power Ground R Sensor Power Control In
34-60-05
Page 329 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X]
System Data Installation

1. System Configuration for SCN 20.X
The UNS1M is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module which is a part of the wiring harness installation. The Configuration Module is programmed through UNS1M Keypad inputs to define sensor inputs, fuel flows, etc. Follow the procedure presented below to program the configuration module. The configuration procedure for SCN 20.X requires you to access nine configuration pages and several related pages. Configuration pages include the page number and total number of pages at the end of the top line for example 9/9. Illustrations of these pages appear in the procedure. Push [ENTER] to move the data entry cursor and to accept the information displayed in the data entry fields. Use [] to select among available options. Use the alphanumeric keys to fill in the blanks. NOTE: Refer to Configuration Module Programming Data for configuration codes, mutually exclusive settings, and other values to enter using the configure pages. Configuration Module programming can only be accomplished while the aircraft is on the ground. That is, WOW switch = ground and TAS < 150 knots.
NOTE:
We recommend you mark up the installation procedures in this section with your selected options. One set of procedures should be annotated for each NCU. indicated the appropriate choices based on the wiring of your aircraft. You are hereby authorized to reproduce the following pages of installation procedures to support the installation of system data into your UNS1M NMS. A. Initialization Page
1
With aircraft electrical power on, push [ON]. Wait until the self test is done and the initialization page appears.
DATE 01-DEC-95 UTC 17:35.25 <PP>ID ----POS N 46 45.72 W122 28.37 DATA 10-NOV-95 BASE 07-DEC-95
2
Push [ENTER] several times to move the cursor through the data entry fields on this page and the Present Position page until you accept the data. (Position does not matter for this procedure.)
34-60-05
Page 401 17 July 2009
B.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] Data Menu Page
1
Push [DATA] and then push [MENU] to display this page.
DATA MENU #1 <HOLD POS> 2 SENSOR POS 3 PLT WPTS 4 PLT RNWY 5 PLT APPR 6 JEPPESEN DB 7 CONFIGURE
2
Enter 7 and then push [ENTER] to display the first CONFIGURATION page.
C.
Configure 1/9Aircraft Name and Type

CONFIGURE 1/9 AIRCRAFT NAME BEECH KINGAIR A/C TYPE FIX CONFIGURATION DATE 04-OCT-94 TIME 18:01
1 Push [ENTER] to bring the

cursor over the Aircraft Name entry field. Enter name, up to 14 characters. Use [] for space dot appears until you push [ENTER] to accept the name.
2Push [] to select
FIX or HELI and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 402 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] D. Configure 2/9ARINC Inputs and Outputs
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the ARINC INPUTS #1 data entry field. Enter the appropriate code in each data entry field. CONFIGURE 2/9 ARINC INPUTS #1 0 #2 0 #3 0 #4 0 OUTPUTS #1 0 #2 0
2
Enter the two-digit code for each of the four ARINC INPUTS. Refer to the tables below for the codes and mutual exclusions.
3
0 = Not Configured 1 = NMS Output 429 LS 2 = NMS Output 429 HS 3 = Crossfill Output 429 LS 4 = ARINC 571
34-60-05
Page 403 17 July 2009

ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS No Sensor ADC 429 LS ADC 575 LS AHRS1 ARINC 705 HS AHRS2 ARINC 705 HS DME 429 LS Cross Fill Input LS GPS1 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) IRS/GPS1 429 HS IRS/GPS2 429 HS IRS/GPS3 429 HS IRS1 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS2 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS3 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS1 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS2 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 CONFIG CODE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS IRS3 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS1 571 LS, LTN 72R IRS2 571 LS, LTN 72R IRS3 571 LS, LTN 72R Loran 429 LS Radar 429 LS Radar 571 LS VOR 429 LS RRS No TACAN (VOR/DME labels only) GPS1 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS1 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS1 ARINC 743 HS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 with RAIM Bendix - King FGS CONFIG CODE 19 20 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
NOTE:
HS GPS sensors, LS GPS sensors, and GPS RAIM sensors may not be configured as the same sensor number simultaneously.
34-60-05
Page 404 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] The NMS software will accept inputs from external systems, but some systems may not be configured at the same time or configured on the same input bus. Mutually exclusive sensors are as follows:
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE ARINC SETTINGS SENSOR TYPE MUTUAL EXCLUSIONS 429 ADC ADC 575 Radar 429 Radar 571 IRS 1 LS 429 GPIRS1 IRS 1 LS 429 IRS1 HS 429 IRS 1 LS 429 IRS1 571 GPIRS1 IRS1 HS 429 GPIRS1 IRS1 571 IRS1 HS 429 IRS1 571 IRS 2 LS 429 GPIRS2 IRS 2 LS 429 IRS2 HS 429 IRS 2 LS 429 IRS2 571 GPIRS2 IRS2 HS 429 GPIRS2 IRS2 571 IRS2 HS 429 IRS2 571 IRS 3 LS 429 GPIR3 IRS 3 LS 429 IRS3 HS 429 IRS 3 LS 429 IRS3 571 GPIRS3 IRS3 HS 429 GPIRS3 IRS3 571 IRS3 HS 429 IRS3 571 RRS No TACAN VOR 429 RRS No TACAN DME 429 MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE ARINC/CSDB SETTINGS ARINC CSDB VOR RSU DME RSU VOR VOR DME DME (Single, dual or direct) RRS NO TACAN RSU RRS NO TACAN DME (Single, dual or direct) RRS NO TACAN VOR
34-60-05
Page 405 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] E. Configure 3/9CSDB Inputs and Outputs
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the CSDB INPUTS #1 data entry field. Enter the appropriate code in each data entry field. CONFIGURE 3/9 CSDB INPUTS OUTPUTS #1 #2 #3 #1 #2 0 0 0 0 0
2
0 = None 1 = Single DME 2 = Dual DME 3 = DME Direct 4 = VOR 5 = MFD (Radar)
NOTE:
Single DME = One DME unit and two control heads. Dual DME = Two DME units, each with its own control head or One DME with one control head. DME Direct = One DME unit, no control head.
3 0 = None
1 = Tune
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE CSDB SETTINGS RSU VOR RSU DME (Single, dual or direct) RSU MFD DME (Single, dual or DME, any other (Single, direct) dual or direct)
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE ARINC/CSDB SETTINGS ARINC CSDB VOR RSU DME RSU VOR VOR DME DME (Single, dual or direct) RRS NO TACAN RRS NO TACAN RRS NO TACAN RSU DME (Single, dual or direct) VOR
34-60-05
Page 406 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] F. Configure 4/9Engines and Fuel Flow Type
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the ENGINES data entry field. Enter the number of engines on your aircraft and select the appropriate FUEL FLOW TYPE. CONFIGURE 4/9 ENGINES 2 FUEL FLOW TYPE PULSE FREQ
The UNS-1M supports 1 or 2 engines.
2
Push [] to select MANUAL, LINEAR DC, PULSE FREQ, or PULSE WIDTH and then push [ENTER].
The following table shows information about various aircraft. You should independently verify the type of fuel flow sensors on your aircraft before you configure the UNS1M. NOTE: Your selection of Fuel Flow Type determines which of the fuel flow configuration pages will appear.
34-60-05
Page 407 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT
ATR-42, ATR-72 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BAE-125-800 BEECH KA300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA200 BEECHJET BEECHJET BK - 117 BOEING-737-300 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: OPTIONAL FUEL FLOW ON LATER MODEL AIRCRAFT.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 EMBRAER EMB-120 FALCON 10 FALCON 10/100 FALCON 20/TFE371
ENGINES FUEL FLOW TYPE

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2H 2 2 2 2 2 LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
AIRCRAFT
FALCON 200 GULFSTREAM II, III GULFSTREAM II, III HS-125 HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76 S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
ENGINES FUEL FLOW TYPE

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2H 2H 2H 2H 2 PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC
G.
Configure 5/9Manual Fuel Flow
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. CONFIGURE 5/9 MANUAL FLOW NO FUEL FLOW INPUTS CONFIGURED
NOTE:
Since fuel flow values are entered by the crew there is no configuration at this point.
34-60-05
Page 408 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] H. Configure 5/9Linear DC Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the LOW FLOW data entry field.
CONFIGURE 5/9 LINEAR DC POUNDS/HOUR LOW FLOW XXXXX VDC XX.XXX UPR FLOW XXXXX VDC XX.XXX MIN FLOW XXXX
2
Enter the values for your aircraft as shown in the table below.
34-60-05
Page 409 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT DC FUEL FLOWS LOWER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UPPER FLOW LIMIT VOLTS (DC) 5.000 4.827 5.000 5.000 5.000 10.200 5.000 5.000 5.000 7.050 5.500 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.400 5.000 10.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 8.000 10.000 5.000 5.000 9.000 MIN FLOW LB/HR 75 350 50 100 60 20 75 25 110 140 50 75 75 65 65 75 60 75 80 80 160 100 70 100 55 25 1 60 50 50 75 25 60 100
ATR-42, ATR-72 BOEING-737-300 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BEECH KA-300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BK - 117 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: Optional Fuel Flow on later model aircraft.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 FALCON 10 FALCON 20/TFE-371 GULFSTREAM II GULFSTREAM III HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
VOLTS (DC) LB/HR 0.000 1212 0.173 12000 0.000 1500 0.000 2800 0.000 750 0.200 600 0.000 2000 0.000 500 0.000 1418 0.000 2000 0.500 2400 0.000 2000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 2000 3500 4500 1200 500 2000 3000 8000 10000 2200 2200 2200 3000 600 150 644 550 800 600 500 800 4000
34-60-05
Page 410 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] I. Configure 5/9Pulse Freq Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the SCALING (PPH/HZ) data entry field. CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE FREQ SCALING XXX.XXX PPH/HZ PULSE EDGE RISING MIN FLOW Enter the scaling value for your aircraft as shown in the table below. XXXX
3
Push [] to select RISING or FALLING and then push [ENTER].
4 Enter the Minimum

Flow value for your aircraft as shown in the table below.
AIRCRAFT BEECHJET FALCON 10/100 HS-125 LEARJET PARTENAVIA S-76
PULSE FREQUENCY FUEL FLOWS SCALING PPH/HZ PULSE EDGE MIN FLOW LB/HR 56.250 FALLING 75 13.888 RISING 75 56.250 28.150 2.353 56.250 FALLING FALLING FALLING FALLING 75 55 120 75
34-60-05
Page 411 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] J. Configure 5/9Pulse Width Fuel Flow
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the SCALING (PPH/MS) data entry field. CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE WIDTH SCALING XXX.XXX PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY POSITIVE MIN FLOW Enter the scaling value for your aircraft as shown in the table below. XXXX
3
Push [] to select NEGATIVE or POSITIVE and then push [ENTER].
4
Enter the Minimum Flow value for your aircraft as shown in the table below.
PULSE WIDTH FUEL FLOWS AIRCRAFT SCALING PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY BAE-125-800 100.000 POSITIVE FALCON 200 100.000 POSITIVE GULFSTREAM II, III 80.000 POSITIVE EMBRAER EMB-120 40.000 POSITIVE
MIN FLOW LB/HR 80 80 180 80
34-60-05
Page 412 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] K. Configure 6/9Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track (1) The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units
1
Push [DATA] to display this page.
CONFIGURE 6/9 WPT BRG NONE -----------NONE -----
DES TRK
(2)
The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the Waypoint Bearing data entry field.
2
Push [] to select SYNC, RESV, or NONE and then push [ENTER].
3
Push [] to select NORTH or NOSE and then push [ENTER].
CONFIGURE 6/9 WPT BRG SYNC NORTH DRIFT +180 SYNC NORTH
4
Push [] to select DRIFT or BRG and then push [ENTER].
DES TRK
6Push [] to select
NORTH or NOSE and then push [ENTER].
5
If NONE is selected in Step 2 or Step 5, then the field(s) immediately below can not be selected and they will be filled with
34-60-05
Page 413 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] L. Configure 7/9ARINC Distance Output Format
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the ARINC DIST format data entry field.
2 Push [] to select
ALL or DIST and the push [ENTER].
3
Push [] to select 561 or 568 and the push [ENTER]. Selecting 568 will override ALL. Only distance is output with 568.
The Approach and VNAV Flight Path Angle fields are not configurable and are shown for information.
CONFIGURE 7/9 ARINC 561 DIST 561 AC ROLL ENABLE ANA HDG ENABLE VNAV ENABLE APPR FPA 9 VNAV FPA 6
4
Push [] to select ENABLE or DISABL and then push [ENTER].
The VNAV field will always show ENABLE.
M.
Configure 8/9GPS
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the HDG SEL data entry field.
NOTE: Autonomous GPS must be configured to DISABLE.
2
Push [] to select ENABLE or DISABL and then push [ENTER] .
CONFIGURE 8/9 MIN TAS 50 HDG MODE SEL DISABLE GPS INT GPS1 ANT PASSIVE
3
Push [] to select GPS1, GPS2, or GPS3 and then push [ENTER].
The MIN TAS field is not configurable.
4
Push [] to select PASSIVE, 5 V, OR 12 V and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 414 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] N. Configure 9/9Store Configuration
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the RPTR PANL data entry field.
CONFIGURE 9/9 RPTR PANL NONE
2
Push [] to select NONE or ACTV and then push [ENTER].
CONFIGURE 9/9 RPTR PANL NONE STORE CONFIG DEPRESS +/-
If your aircraft is on the ground, then the prompt STORE CONFIG will appear.
3
Push [] to display the prompt ENTER CODE.
CONFIGURE 9/9 RPTR PANL NONE STORE CONFIG DEPRESS +/ENTER CODE ------
4
Enter the code 1572G and then push [ENTER].
NOTE: The UNS1M will store the configuration and reinitialize itself.
34-60-05
Page 415 17 July 2009
2.
System Configuration for SCN 21.X

The UNS1M is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module which is a part of the wiring harness installation. The Configuration Module is programmed through UNS1M Keypad inputs to define sensor inputs, fuel flows, etc. Follow the procedure presented below to program the configuration module. The configuration procedure for SCN 21.X requires you to access 10 configuration pages and several related pages. Configuration pages include the page number and total number of pages at the end of the top line for example 10/10. Illustrations of these pages appear in the procedure. Push [ENTER] to move the data entry cursor and to accept the information displayed in the data entry fields. Use [] to select among available options. Use the alphanumeric keys to fill in the blanks. NOTE: Refer to Configuration Module Programming Data for configuration codes, mutually exclusive settings, and other values to enter using the configure pages. Configuration Module programming can only be accomplished while the aircraft is on the ground. That is, WOW switch = ground and TAS < 150 knots.
NOTE:
1
DATE 01-AUG-96 UTC 17:35.25 <PP>ID ----POS N 46 45.72 W122 28.37 DATA 18-JUL-96 BASE 14-AUG-96
2
34-60-05
Page 416 17 July 2009
B.
1
DATA MENU #1 PLT ROUTES 2 PLT WAYPTS 3 PLT AIRPORTS 4 PLT APPRS 5 PLT RUNWAYS 6 JEPPESEN DB 7 MAINTENANCE
2
Enter 7 and then push [ENTER] to display the MAINTENANCE page.
C.
Maintenance Page
MAINTENANCE # 1 EXAMINE ADDR 2 MESSAGE HIST 3 S/W VERSIONS
1
Enter 7 and then push [ENTER] to display the CONFIGURE 1/10 page.
7 CONFIGURE
D.


2Push [] to select
34-60-05
Page 417 17 July 2009
E.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] Configure 2/10ARINC Inputs and Outputs
1
2
3
ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS No Sensor ADC 429 LS ADC 575 LS AHRS1 ARINC 705 HS AHRS2 ARINC 705 HS DME 429 LS Cross Fill Input LS GPS1 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) IRS/GPS1 429 HS IRS/GPS2 429 HS IRS/GPS3 429 HS IRS1 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS2 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS3 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS1 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS2 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS3 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS1 571 LS, LTN 72R
CONFIG CODE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS IRS2 571 LS, LTN 72R IRS3 571 LS, LTN 72R Loran 429 LS Radar 429 LS Radar 571 LS VOR 429 LS RRS No TACAN (VOR/DME labels only) GPS1 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS1 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS1 ARINC 743 HS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 with RAIM Bendix - King FGS
CONFIG CODE 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 418 17 July 2009
34-60-05
Page 419 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] F. Configure 3/10CSDB Inputs and Outputs
1
2
NOTE:
3 0 = None
1 = Tune
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE ARINC/CSDB SETTINGS ARINC CSDB VOR RSU DME RSU VOR VOR DME DME (Single, dual or direct) RRS NO TACAN RSU RRS NO TACAN DME (Single, dual or direct) RRS NO TACAN VOR
34-60-05
Page 420 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] G. Configure 4/10Engines and Fuel Flow Type
1
2
The following table shows information about various aircraft. You should independently verify the type of fuel flow sensors on your aircraft before you configure the UNS1M. NOTE:
Aircraft
ATR-42, ATR-72 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BAE-125-800 BEECH KA300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BEECHJET BK - 117 BOEING-737-300 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: OPTIONAL FUEL FLOW ON LATER MODEL AIRCRAFT.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 EMBRAER EMB-120 FALCON 10
Your selection of Fuel Flow Type determines which of the fuel flow configuration pages will appear.
Engine s
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2H 2 2 2 2 2
Fuel Flow Type

LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
Aircraft
FALCON 10/100 FALCON 20/TFE-371 FALCON 200 GULFSTREAM II, III GULFSTREAM II, III HS-125 HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76 S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
Engine s
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2H 2H 2H 2H 2
Fuel Flow Type

PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC
34-60-05
Page 421 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] H. Configure 5/10Manual Fuel Flow
1
NOTE: I.
Configure 5/10Linear DC Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
2
34-60-05
Page 422 17 July 2009

DC FUEL FLOWS LOWER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 0 0.000 0 0.173 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.200 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.500 0 0.000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000
AIRCRAFT
ATR-42, ATR-72 BOEING-737-300 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BEECH KA-300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BK - 117 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: Optional Fuel Flow on later model aircraft.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 FALCON 10 FALCON 20/TFE-371 GULFSTREAM II GULFSTREAM III HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
UPPER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 1212 5.000 12000 4.827 1500 5.000 2800 5.000 750 5.000 600 10.200 2000 5.000 500 5.000 1418 5.000 2000 7.050 2400 5.500 2000 5.000
2000 3500 4500 1200 500 2000 3000 8000 10000 2200 2200 2200 3000 600 150 644 550 800 600 500 800 4000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.400 5.000 10.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 8.000 10.000 5.000 5.000 9.000
MIN FLOW LB/HR 75 350 50 100 60 20 75 25 110 140 50 75

75 65 65 75 60 75 80 80 160 100 70 100 55 25 1 60 50 50 75 25 60 100
34-60-05
Page 423 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] J. Configure 5/10Pulse Freq Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
3
4 Enter the Minimum

Aircraft
BEECHJET FALCON 10/100 HS-125 LEARJET PARTENAVIA S-76
Pulse Frequency Fuel Flows Scaling PPH/Hz Pulse Edge

56.250 13.888 56.250 28.150 2.353 56.250 FALLING RISING FALLING FALLING FALLING FALLING
Min Flow Lb/Hr 75 75 75 55 120 75
34-60-05
Page 424 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] K. Configure 5/10Pulse Width Fuel Flow
1
3
4
Aircraft BAE-125-800 FALCON 200 GULFSTREAM II, III EMBRAER EMB-120
Pulse Width Fuel Flows Scaling PPH/ms Pulse Polarity 100.000 POSITIVE 100.000 POSITIVE 80.000 POSITIVE 40.000 POSITIVE
Min Flow Lb/Hr 80 80 180 80
34-60-05
Page 425 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] L. Configure 6/10Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track (1) The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units
1
DES TRK
34-60-05
Page 426 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] (2) The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
1
2
3
4
DES TRK
6Push [] to select
5
NOTE:
If NONE is selected, then the field(s) immediately below can not be selected and they will be filled with dashes.
34-60-05
Page 427 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] M. Configure 7/10ARINC Distance Output Format
1
2 Push [] to select
3
The Approach and VNAV Flight Path Angle fields are not configurable and are shown for information.
CONFIGURE 7/10 ARINC 561 ALL 561 EFIS 429 GAMA ANA HDG DISABL VNAV ENABLE APPR FPA 9 VNAV FPA 6
4
The VNAV field will always show ENABLE.
34-60-05
Page 428 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] N. CONFIGURE 8/10GPS

NOTE: Autonomous GPS must be configured to DISABLE. Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the AUTONOMOUS data entry field.
2
Push [] to select ENA (enable) or DIS (disable) and then push [ENTER] .
CONFIGURE 8/10 AUTONOMOUS DIS MIN TAS 50 HDG SEL DISABL GPS INT GPS1
3
The MIN TAS field is not configurable.
4
Push [] to select GPS1, GPS2, or GPS3 and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 429 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] O. CONFIGURE 9/10Aircraft Roll
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the AC ROLL steering data entry field. CONFIGURE 9/10 AC ROLL ENABLE ROLL LIMITS AT OR BELOW 27.0 20000f AT OR ABOVE 15.0 32000f
2 Push [] to select
ENABLE or DISABLE and then push [ENTER].
3
Enter the desired altitude in feet. The AT OR BELOW altitude must be at least one foot lower than the AT OR ABOVE altitude.
4
Enter the maximum roll angle and then push [ENTER]. Set the maximum roll angle to match the angle used by the autopilot in your aircraft.
NOTE: The ROLL LIMITS altitude and angle fields will blink when you push [ENTER] if the value is out of limits. The cursor will remain in the field until you enter a prover value.
34-60-05
Page 430 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] P. Configure 10/10Store Configuration
1
CONFIG 10/10 RPTR PANL NONE
2
CONFIG 10/10 RPTR PANL NONE STORE CONFIG DEPRESS +/-
3
4
ENTER CODE ------
34-60-05
Page 431 17 July 2009
3.

The UNS1M is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module which is a part of the wiring harness installation. The Configuration Module is programmed through UNS1M Keypad inputs to define sensor inputs, fuel flows, etc. Follow the procedure presented below to program the configuration module. The configuration procedure for SCN 22.X requires you to access 11 configuration pages and several related pages. Configuration pages include the page number and total number of pages at the end of the top line for example 11/11. Illustrations of these pages appear in the procedure. Push [ENTER] to move the data entry cursor and to accept the information displayed in the data entry fields. Use [] to select among available options. Use the alphanumeric keys to fill in the blanks. NOTE: Refer to Configuration Module Programming Data for configuration codes, mutually exclusive settings, and other values to enter using the configure pages. Configuration Module programming can only be accomplished while the aircraft is on the ground. That is, WOW switch = ground and TAS < 150 knots.
NOTE:
1
2
34-60-05
Page 432 17 July 2009
B.
1
DATA MENU #1 PLT ROUTES 2 PLT WAYPTS 3 PLT AIRPORTS 4 PLT APPRS 5 PLT RUNWAYS 6 JEPPESEN DB 7 MAINTENANCE
2
Enter 7 and then push [ENTER] to display the MAINTENANCE page.
C.
Maintenance Page
MAINTENANCE # 1 EXAMINE ADDR 2 S/W VERSIONS 3 MESSAGE LOG 4 SELFTEST LOG 7 CONFIGURE
1
Enter 7 and then push [ENTER] to display the CONFIGURE 1/11 page.
D.


2Push [] to select
34-60-05
Page 433 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] E. Configure 2/11ARINC Inputs and Outputs
1
2
3
34-60-05
Page 434 17 July 2009

ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS No Sensor ADC 429 LS ADC 575 LS AHRS1 ARINC 705 HS AHRS2 ARINC 705 HS DME 429 LS Cross Fill Input LS GPS1 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) IRS/GPS1 429 HS IRS/GPS2 429 HS IRS/GPS3 429 HS IRS1 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS2 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS3 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS1 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS2 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 CONFIG CODE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 CONFIG CODE IRS3 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 19 IRS1 571 LS, LTN 72R 20 IRS2 571 LS, LTN 72R 21 IRS3 571 LS, LTN 72R 22 Loran 429 LS 23 Radar 429 LS 28 Radar 571 LS 29 VOR 429 LS 30 RRS No TACAN (VOR/DME labels only) 31 GPS1 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM 32 GPS2 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM 33 GPS1 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) 34 GPS2 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) 35 GPS1 ARINC 743 HS with RAIM 36 GPS2 ARINC 743 with RAIM 37 Bendix - King FGS 38 ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 435 17 July 2009
34-60-05
Page 436 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] F. Configure 3/11CSDB Inputs and Outputs
1
2
NOTE:
3 0 = None
1 = Tune
34-60-05
Page 437 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] G. Configure 4/11Engines and Fuel Flow Type
1
2
34-60-05
Page 438 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT ATR-42, ATR-72 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BAE-125-800 BEECH KA300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BEECHJET BK - 117 BOEING-737-300 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: OPTIONAL FUEL FLOW ON LATER MODEL AIRCRAFT.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 EMBRAER EMB-120 FALCON 10 FALCON 10/100 ENGINES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2H 2 2 2 2 2 FUEL FLOW TYPE LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC AIRCRAFT FALCON 20/TFE371 FALCON 200 GULFSTREAM II, III GULFSTREAM II, III HS-125 HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76 S-76A S-76B SABRE 65 ENGINES FUEL FLOW TYPE 2 LINEAR DC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2H 2H 2H 2H 2 PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY
34-60-05
Page 439 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] H. Configure 5/11Manual Fuel Flow
1
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 440 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] I. Configure 5/11Linear DC Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
2
AIRCRAFT
ATR-42, ATR-72 BOEING-737-300 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BEECH KA-300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BK - 117 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: Optional Fuel Flow on later model aircraft.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 FALCON 10 FALCON 20/TFE-371 GULFSTREAM II GULFSTREAM III HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA
MIN FLOW LB/HR 75 350 50 100 60 20 75 25 110 140 50 75
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
2000 3500 4500 1200 500 2000 3000 8000 10000 2200 2200 2200 3000 600 150 644
5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.000 5.400 5.000 10.000 5.000 5.000 5.000
75 65 65 75 60 75 80 80 160 100 70 100 55 25 1 60
34-60-05
Page 441 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT DC FUEL FLOWS LOWER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 1.000 UPPER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 550 5.000 800 8.000 600 10.000 500 5.000 800 5.000 4000 9.000 MIN FLOW LB/HR 50 50 75 25 60 100
PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
J.
Configure 5/11Pulse Freq Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
3
4 Enter the Minimum

PULSE FREQUENCY FUEL FLOWS SCALING PPH/HZ PULSE EDGE MIN FLOW LB/HR 56.250 FALLING 75 13.888 RISING 75 56.250 FALLING 75 28.150 FALLING 55 2.353 FALLING 120 56.250 FALLING 75
34-60-05
Page 442 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] K. Configure 5/11Pulse Width Fuel Flow
1
3
4
PULSE WIDTH FUEL FLOWS AIRCRAFT SCALING PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY BAE-125-800 100.000 POSITIVE FALCON 200 100.000 POSITIVE GULFSTREAM II, III 80.000 POSITIVE EMBRAER EMB-120 40.000 POSITIVE
MIN FLOW LB/HR
80 80 180 80
34-60-05
Page 443 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] L. Configure 6/11Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track (1) The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units
1
DES TRK
(2)
The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013-XX-X1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
2
3
4
DES TRK
6Push [] to select
5
34-60-05
Page 444 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] M. Configure 7/11ARINC Distance Output Format
1
2 Push [] to select
3
CONFIGURE 7/11 ARINC 561 DIST 561 EFIS 429 ADV ANA HDG INPUT ENABLE MIN TAS 50 The MIN TAS field is not configurable.
4
Push [] to select 429 ADV or 429 GAMA and then push [ENTER].
5
Push [] to select ENABLE OR DISABL and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 445 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] N. CONFIGURE 8/11Vertical Deviation
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the VDEV STOW data entry field. CONFIGURE VDEV STOW VDEV EN A VDEV AP A VDEV EN D VNAV AP D APPR FPA ENRT FPA 8/11 ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL 9 6
2
Push [] to select ENBL or DSBL and then push [ENTER] .
3Enter the one or two digits

for the maximum flight path angle degrees. You should set these values to the maximum approach and enroute FPAs for your type aircraft.
34-60-05
Page 446 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] O. CONFIGURE 9/11Aircraft Roll
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the AC ROLL steering data entry field.
2 Push [] to select
ENABLE or DISABLE and then push [ENTER]. CONFIGURE 9/11 AC ROLL ENABLE APR ROLL GN 1X ROLL LIMIT AT OR BELOW 20000f 27.0 AT OR ABOVE 15.0 32000f
3Push [] to select the

desired approach roll gain (1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x or 7x). Select 3x to emulate the normal approach gains of an ILS Control Law.
4
5
34-60-05
Page 447 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] P. Configure 10/11Pitch Command and Heading Select
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the PCMD D (Pitch Command Digital) data entry field. CONFIG 10/11 PCMD D ENABLE HDG SEL ENRT ENABLE APPR ENABLE GPS INT GPS1 AUTONOMOUS DIS
2
Push [] to select ENABLE or DISABLE and then push [ENTER].
3
Push [] to select GPS1, GPS2, or NONE and then push [ENTER].
4
Push [] to select ENA (enable) or DIS (disable) and then push [ENTER].
NOTE: NOTE:
APPR HDG SEL mode can not be enabled if ENRT is disabled. If GPS1or GPS2 was selected, then the cursor will advance to the AUTONOMOUS field. If NONE was selected the cursor will go off of the page. Always select DIS (disable) for AUTONOMOUS.
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 448 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] Q. Configure 11/11Store Configuration CAUTION: ALWAYS SELECT NO FOR CLEAR NONVOLATILE RAM. IF YES IS SELECTED, THEN ALL PILOT ENTERED INFORMATION AND ALL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION WILL BE ERASED WHEN THE CONFIGURATION IS STORED.
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the RPTR PANL data entry field. CONFIG 11/11 RPTR PANL NONE CLR NV RAM? N
2
3
Push [] to select Y (yes) or N (no) and then push [ENTER].
CONFIG 11/11 RPTR PANL NONE CLR NV RAM? STORE CONFIG N
4
CONFIG 11/11 RPTR PANL NONE CLR NV RAM? N
5
STORE CONFIG ENTER CODE ------
NOTE: The UNS1M will store the confoguration and reinitialize itself.
34-60-05
Page 449 17 July 2009
4.

The UNS1M is configured to its specific aircraft installation by the use of a Configuration Module which is a part of the wiring harness installation. The Configuration Module is programmed through UNS1M Keypad inputs to define sensor inputs, fuel flows, etc. Follow the procedure presented below to program the configuration module. The configuration procedure for requires you to access 11 configuration pages and several related pages. Configuration pages include the page number and total number of pages at the end of the top line for example, 11/11. Illustrations of these pages appear in the procedure. Push [ENTER] to move the data entry cursor and to accept the information displayed in the data entry fields. Use [] to select among available options. Use the alphanumeric keys to fill in the blanks. NOTE: Refer to Configuration Module Programming Data for configuration codes, mutually exclusive settings, and other values to enter using the configure pages. Configuration Module programming can only be accomplished while the aircraft is on the ground. That is, WOW switch = ground and TAS < 150 knots.
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 450 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] B. Maintenance Page
C.

CONFIGURE 1/11 AIRCRAFT NAME BEECH KINGAIR A/C TYPE FIX CONFIGURATION DATE 04-AUG-96 TIME 18:01

2Push [] to select
34-60-05
Page 451 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] D. Configure 2/11ARINC Inputs and Outputs
1
2
3
HS GPS, LS GPS, and GPS RAIM sensors may not be configured as the same sensor number simultaneously.
ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS No Sensor ADC 429 LS ADC 575 LS AHRS1 ARINC 705 HS AHRS2 ARINC 705 HS DME 429 LS Cross Fill Input LS GPS1 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 LS (non-RAIM) IRS/GPS1 429 HS IRS/GPS2 429 HS IRS/GPS3 429 HS IRS1 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS2 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS3 429 LS, Delco C-IV/VI IRS1 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS2 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS3 429 HS, Honeywell LTN 90 IRS1 571 LS, LTN 72R
CODE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
ARINC INPUTS SENSOR INPUTS IRS2 571 LS, LTN 72R IRS3 571 LS, LTN 72R Loran 429 LS Radar 429 LS Radar 571 LS VOR 429 LS RRS No TACAN (VOR/DME labels only) GPS1 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 LS with RAIM GPS1 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS2 ARINC 743 HS (non-RAIM) GPS1 ARINC 743 HS with RAIM GPS2 ARINC 743 with RAIM Bendix - King FGS
CODE 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
34-60-05
Page 452 17 July 2009
34-60-05
Page 453 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] E. Configure 3/11CSDB Inputs and Outputs
1
2
3
NOTE: Single DME = One DME unit and two control heads. Dual DME = Two DME units, each with its own control head or One DME with one control head. DME Direct = One DME unit, no control head. The VNAV CSDB output option is only applicable to SCN 23.2 and later 23.X 0 = None 1 = Tune 3 = VNAV
34-60-05
Page 454 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] F. Configure 4/11Engines and Fuel Flow Type
1
2
34-60-05
Page 455 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT ATR-42, ATR-72 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BAE-125-800 BEECH KA300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BEECHJET BK - 117 BOEING-737-300 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: OPTIONAL FUEL FLOW ON LATER MODEL AIRCRAFT.) CITATION V CL600 CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 EMBRAER EMB-120 FALCON 10 FALCON 10/100 ENG. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2H 2 2 2 2 2 FUEL FLOW TYPE LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC AIRCRAFT FALCON 20/TFE371 FALCON 200 GULFSTREAM II, III GULFSTREAM II, III HS-125 HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET LEARJET MERLIN OPV ARTENAVIA PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76 S-76A S-76B SABRE 65 ENG. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2H 2H 2H 2H 2 FUEL FLOW TYPE LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC LINEAR DC PULSE WIDTH LINEAR DC PULSE FREQUENCY
34-60-05
Page 456 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] G. Configure 5/11Manual Fuel Flow
1
NOTE: H.
Configure 5/11Linear DC Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
2
AIRCRAFT
ATR-42, ATR-72 BOEING-737-300 BAE ATP BAE-125-800 BEECH KA-300/350/1900 BEECH KA-90, KA-200 BEECHJET BK - 117 CESSNA CITATION I CESSNA CITATION II/SII CESSNA CITATION III, VI, VII CITATION II (NOTE: Optional Fuel Flow on later model aircraft.) CITATION V CL600
0 0 0.000 0.000
2000 3500 5.000 5.000
MIN FLOW LB/HR 75 350 50 100 60 20 75 25 110 140 50 75

75 65
34-60-05
Page 457 17 July 2009

AIRCRAFT
CL601 DASH 8 DO-228 FALCON 10 FALCON 20/TFE-371 GULFSTREAM II GULFSTREAM III HS-125 IAI ASTRA 1125 IAI WESTWIND 1124 LEARJET MERLIN OPV PARTENAVIA PIPER CHEYENNE III PIPER CHEYENNE IV PUMA S-76A S-76B SABRE 65
DC FUEL FLOWS LOWER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 1.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 0.000 0 1.000
UPPER FLOW LIMIT LB/HR VOLTS (DC) 4500 5.000 1200 5.000 500 5.000 2000 5.000 3000 5.000 8000 5.000 10000 5.000 2200 5.000 2200 5.400 2200 5.000 3000 10.000 600 5.000 150 5.000 644 5.000 550 5.000 800 8.000 600 10.000 500 5.000 800 5.000 4000 9.000
MIN FLOW LB/HR 65 75 60 75 80 80 160 100 70 100 55 25 1 60 50 50 75 25 60 100
34-60-05
Page 458 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] I. Configure 5/11Pulse Freq. Fuel Flow
1 Push [DATA] to
3
4 Enter the Minimum

PULSE FREQUENCY FUEL FLOWS SCALING PPH/HZ PULSE EDGE MIN FLOW LB/HR 56.250 FALLING 75 13.888 RISING 75 56.250 FALLING 75 28.150 FALLING 55 2.353 FALLING 120 56.250 FALLING 75
34-60-05
Page 459 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] J. Configure 5/11Pulse Width Fuel Flow
1
3
4
PULSE WIDTH FUEL FLOWS SCALING PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY BAE-125-800 100.000 POSITIVE FALCON 200 100.000 POSITIVE GULFSTREAM II, III 80.000 POSITIVE EMBRAER EMB-120 40.000 POSITIVE AIRCRAFT
MIN FLOW LB/HR

80 80 180 80
34-60-05
Page 460 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] K. Configure 6/11Waypoint Bearing and Desired Track (1) The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013X001X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units
1
DES TRK
(2)
The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013X001X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
1
2
3
4
DES TRK
5
Push [] to select SYNC, RESV, or NONE and then push [ENTER]. If NONE is selected in Step 2 or Step 5, then the field(s) immediately below can not be selected and they will be filled with dashes.
6Push [] to select NORTH or

NOSE and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 461 17 July 2009
L.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] Configure 7/11ARINC Distance Output Format
1
3
Push [] to select 561, 568, or JMP and then push [ENTER]. Selecting 568 will override ALL selected in Step 2. Only distance is output with 568. The JMP selection allows the system to switch in flight between 561 and 568. If connector pin P1 NN is open, then 561 is selected; if P1 NN is grounded, then 568 (distance only) is selected.
2Push [] to select ALL or DIST

and then push [ENTER]. CONFIGURE 7/11 ARINC 561 DIST 561 EFIS 429 ADV ANA HDG INPUT ENABLE MIN TAS 50 The MIN TAS field is not configurable.
4
Push [] to select 429 ADV or 429 GAMA and then push [ENTER].
5
34-60-05
Page 462 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] M. Configure 8/11Vertical Deviation
1Push [DATA] to display this

page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the VDEV STOW data entry field.
2Push [] to select ENBL or DSBL

and then push [ENTER] .
CONFIGURE VDEV STOW VDEV EN A VDEV AP A VDEV EN D VNAV AP D APPR FPA VNAV FPA
8/11 ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL 9 6
3Enter the one or two digits for the maximum

flight path angle degrees. You should set these values to the maximum approach and enroute FPAs for your type aircraft.
34-60-05
Page 463 17 July 2009
N.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] Configure 9/11Aircraft Roll
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the AC ROLL steering data entry field.
2 Push [] to select ENABLE or

DISABLE and then push [ENTER].
3Push [] to select the desired

approach roll gain (1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x or 7x). Select 3x to emulate the normal approach gains of an ILS Control Law.
CONFIGURE 9/11 AC ROLL ENABLE APR ROLL GN 1X ROLL LIMIT AT OR BELOW 27.0 20000f AT OR ABOVE 15.0 32000f
4Push [] to select the

desired terminal roll gain (1x, 2x, 3x, or 4x).
5
6
34-60-05
Page 464 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] O. Configure 10/11Pitch Command and Heading Select
1
Push [DATA] to display this page. Then push [ENTER] to bring the cursor to the PCT D (Pitch Command Digital) data entry field. CONFIG 10/11 PCMD D ENABLE HDG SEL ENRT ENABLE APPR ENABLE GPS INT GPS1 AUTONOMOUS DIS
2
Push [] to select ENABLE or DISABLE and then push [ENTER].
3
Push [] to select GPS1, GPS2, or NONE and then push [ENTER].
4
Push [] to select ENA (enable) or DIS (disable) and then push [ENTER].
NOTE: NOTE:
APPR HDG SEL mode can not be enabled if ENRT is disabled. If GPS1or GPS2 was selected, then the cursor will advance to the AUTONOMOUS field. If NONE was selected the cursor will go off of the page. Always select DIS (disable) for AUTONOMOUS.
NOTE:
34-60-05
Page 465 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] P. Configure 11/11Store Configuration CAUTION: ALWAYS SELECT NO FOR CLEAR NONVOLATILE RAM. IF YES IS SELECTED, THEN ALL PILOT-ENTERED INFORMATION AND ALL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION WILL BE ERASED WHEN THE CONFIGURATION IS STORED.
1
2
Push [] to select Y (YES) or N (NO) and then push [ENTER].
3
CONFIG 11/11 AIRLINE RTE N PLT CLR PWR N RPTR PANL NONE CLR NV RAM? N STORE CONFIG ENTER CODE ----Push [] to select Y (YES) or N (NO) and then push [ENTER].
4
6
Enter the code 1572G and then push [ENTER]. If your aircraft is on the ground, then the prompt STORE CONFIG will appear after you complete Step 5.
5
Push [] to select Y (YES) or N (NO) and then push [ENTER].
34-60-05
Page 466 17 July 2009
Maintenance, Checkout, and Troubleshooting

1.
A.
Maintenance
Maintenance UNS1M P/N 1013-XX-0XX Do not schedule maintenance for the UNS1M. No maintenance is needed unless you find a problem. Each time the system is turned on, an internal self test is performed. Should a failure message appear while the system is going through self test, one of the following will occur; The self test page will not disappear if a serious failure of the UNS-1M appears. Failures of a minor nature will allow the pilot to continue with the initialization process after alerting the pilot of the failure. Press the MSG key to view the message. No other page, except the MSG page, may be viewed until the initialization process is completed.
B.
UNS1M Remote CDU P/N 1014XX Do not schedule maintenance for the UNS1M Remote CDU. No maintenance is needed unless you find a problem.
2.
Checkout
Do these checks when you install a new or repaired UNS1M is installed in your aircraft. You must know the aircrafts navigational configuration before you checkout the Navigation Management System. If the equipment fails any check, refer to Troubleshooting for corrective action. The procedures are written to perform each checkout individually. For best results, initialize the system before doing each checkout. Experienced personnel may choose not to turn the UNS1M off after each test. You must establish the correct UNS1M status or display for starting each checkout.
A.
Self-Test Page (1) Assure that database card is inserted in the UNS1M, then on the CDU, push [ON]. Keep your eye on the display screen. After a short warmup, self test page should be displayed followed by the SCN and aircraft ID page followed by the Copyright page and then Initialization page if all items pass.
34-60-05
Page 501 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) (3) Verify correct aircraft type. Pass Fail Pass Fail
Verify Jeppesen and pilot data bases pass their checksum tests. NOTE:
Failures of the data base checksum tests are indicated in the last three lines of the aircraft ID page.
(4)
Indicate which of the following conditions you observe. The last three lines of the aircraft ID page remain blank (both the Jeppesen and pilot data bases passed). The aircraft ID page shows DATA BASE FAIL USING BACKUP (Jeppesen navaids data base failed but backup database passed.) The aircraft ID page shows PILOT DB FAIL. The aircraft ID page shows DATA BASE FAIL and the NMS does not advance to the Copyright and Initialization pages.
(5)
Check to see if the MSG annunciator is illuminated. If so, push MSG key to read messages. Pass Fail
B.
Initialization Test Outputs The NMS output test sequence will only execute when on the ground. The NMS will output the following test values for a five second period during the initialization sequence. (1) Annunciators The following annunciators, which are remote from the UNS1M, will illuminate for a few seconds during selftest: MSG (Message) APPR (Approach) HDG (Heading) WPT ALERT (Waypoint Alert) SXTK (Selected Crosstrack) POS (NMS Position Uncertain) GPS INTEG (GPS Integrity) (Applies to UNS1M P/N 10134X0XX) All lamps on (2) Pass Fail
Initialization Procedure (a) With the Initialization Page showing, perform the initialization procedure per Section II of the Operators Manual.
34-60-05
Page 502 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (b) Record the effective and expiration dates of the data base from the last two lines on the Initialization Page. DATA __________________________________________________ BASE __________________________________________________ NOTE: (b) (3) Testing with data base expired is permissible. Push [MSG] to exit test mode.
Analog Test Outputs (Ground Test Only) [21.X] [22.X] (a) (b) (c) While the Initialization Page is displayed, push [ENTER] to activate analog test outputs. The cursor appears over the DATE field. Key in 999901 and push [ENTER]. Numbers will flash in DATE field until MSG key is pushed. Slew HSI Compass Card to a heading of 000. Analog outputs will be set as follows:
ANALOG OUTPUT [21.X] TEST VALUE 45 degrees 135 degrees 1 dot up 1 dot right TO Flag up (Valid) down (Invalid) down (Invalid) 10 degrees right [22.X] TEST VALUE 45 degrees 135 degrees 1 dot up 1 dot right TO Flag up (Valid) Valid Valid Valid
NAME Desired Track Bearing Vertical Deviation Lateral Deviation TO/FROM Vertical Flag Master NAV Roll Steering Flag Roll Steering Output 561 Valid
(4)
ARINC 429 [22.X] (a) (b) While the Initialization Page is displayed, push [ENTER] to activate analog test outputs. The cursor appears over the DATE field. Key in 999901 and push [ENTER]. Numbers will flash in DATE field until MSG key is pushed.
34-60-05
Page 503 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (c) Slew HSI Compass Card to a heading of 000. ARINC 429 outputs will be set as follows:
ARINC 429 OUTPUT LABEL [22.X] TEST VALUE 114 Inactive 115 Inactive 116 Inactive 117 Inactive 121 Inactive 122 Inactive 261 275 Inactive
Inactive
327 371
Inactive Normal
(5)
ARINC 561/568 Distance outputs: [20.X] (a) (b) (c) Push [DTO] then [LIST]. Select any navaid on the page and push [ENTER]. NAV page will be displayed. Verify that distance displayed on NAV page 1 agrees with the distance displayed on the HSI. NOTE: With SCN 20.X, the ARINC 561/568 Distance output will be set to Invalid.
(6)
ARINC 561/568 [22X] (a) (b) (c) While the Initialization Page is displayed, push [ENTER] to activate analog test outputs. The cursor appears over the DATE field. Key in 999901 and push [ENTER]. Numbers will flash in DATE field until MSG key is pushed. Slew HSI Compass Card to a heading of 000. ARINC 561 outputs will be set as follows:
HEX TEST VALUE MEANING 012340 123.4 NM. Note 1 1 dot right TO 45 135 201 123400 123.4 NM. Note 2 If configured for distance only, then Label 001 will have Hex Value = 012340, meaning 123.4 NM. If configured for distance only and short range, then Label 201 will have Hex value = 123400, meaning 123.4 NM. 568 LABEL
561 LABEL 001 Lat Dev To/From Desired Track Bearing NOTE: 1. 2.
34-60-05
Page 504 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) ARINC 571 [22X] (a) (b) (c) While the Initialization Page is displayed, push [ENTER] to activate analog test outputs. The cursor appears over the DATE field. Key in 999901 and push [ENTER]. Numbers will flash in DATE field until MSG key is pushed. Slew HSI Compass Card to a heading of 000. ARINC 561 outputs will be set as follows:
LABEL 004 075 115 116 117 214 ARINC 571 [22.X] IDENTIFICATION TEST VALUE Desired Track Inactive To/From Inactive Bearing Inactive Lat Dev Inactive Vert Dev Inactive Heading Inactive
C.
Display and Keyboard Dimming Check the display dimming feature as follows: (1) (2) Push [DIM], display brightness should dim while key is held. Release key. Pass Fail Push [BRIGHT], display brightness should increase gradually to maximum brightness. Pass Fail Verify that the keyboard panel lighting is adjustable using the appropriate radio lighting rheostat. Pass Fail
(3)
34-60-05
Page 505 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] D. NCU Configuration Verification [20.X] The NCUs Configuration Module was programmed to allow the UNS1M to interface with the installed sensors, databases, etc. The UNS1M can show what aircraft hardware the Configuration Module is programmed for. Perform the following procedure checks to verify proper programming, you may make copies of these procedures and annotate them with your required configuration. NOTE: The UNS1M displays illustrated in these procedures are only examples. Your displays may differ. Refer to your Configuration Module Programming Data to verify your configuration decisions.
(1)
Configuration Module Verification Verify the UNS1M Configuration Module as follows:

(a) (b) (c)
With power applied to the aircraft, push [ON OFF]. The UNS1M will go through a self test and the Initialization page will appear. Initialize the UNS1M present position. Push [ENTER] several times to move the cursor through the fields on the DATE and PRES POS pages until you ACCEPT the data. Push [DATA] and then push [MENU]. The DATA MENU page will appear. Select MAINTENANCE and then push [ENTER]. The MAINTENANCE MENU page will appear. Select CONFIGURE and then push [ENTER]. CONFIGURE 1/9 page will appear.
(d) (e) (f)
(f)
Verify that information displayed is correct. AIRCRAFT NAME Pass Fail A/C TYPE Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 506 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (2) Configure 2/9
(a)
Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 2/9, 2/10, or 2/11page.

CONFIGURE 2/9 ARINC INPUTS #1 0 #2 0 #3 0 #4 0 OUTPUTS #1 0 #2 0
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. INPUT #1 Pass Fail INPUT #2 INPUT #3 INPUT #4 OUTPUT #1 OUTPUT #2 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail
(3)
Configure 3/9 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 3/9, 3/10, or 3/11page.
CONFIGURE 3/9 CSDB INPUTS OUTPUTS #1 #2 #3 #1 #2 0 0 0 0 0
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. Input #1 Pass Fail Input #2 Input #3 Output #1 Output #2 Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
34-60-05
Page 507 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (4) Configure 4/9 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 4/9 page.
CONFIGURE 4/9 ENGINES 2
FUEL FLOW TYPE PULSE FREQ
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. Number of engines Pass Fail Fuel Flow Type NOTE: Pass Fail Your selection of Fuel Flow Type determines which of the following CONFIGURE 5/9 pages will appear.
(5)
Configure 5/9 Manual Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 5/9 MANUAL FLOW page.
CONFIGURE 5/9 MANUAL FLOW NO FUEL FLOW INPUTS CONFIGURED
(b)
34-60-05
Page 508 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (6) Configure 5/9 Linear DC Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 5/9 LINEAR DC page.
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. LOW FLOW Pass Fail VDC UPR FLOW VDC MIN FLOW Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
(7)
Configure 5/9 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA]to display CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE FREQ page.
CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE FREQ SCALING XXX.XXX PPH/HZ PULSE EDGE RISING MIN FLOW XXXX
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. SCALING Pass Fail PULSE EDGE MIN FLOW Pass Pass Fail Fail
34-60-05
Page 509 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (8) Configure 5/9 Pulse Width Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE WIDTH page.
CONFIGURE 5/9 PULSE WIDTH SCALING XXX.XXX PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY POSITIVE MIN FLOW XXXX
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. SCALING Pass Fail PULSE POLARITY MIN FLOW Pass Pass Fail Fail
(9)
Configure 6/9 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 6/9 page. The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units.
DES TRK
(b)
Configure 6/9
Pass
Fail
34-60-05
Page 510 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (c) The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
DES TRK
(d)
Verify that information displayed on the analog UNS1M is correct. WPT BRG Pass Fail
NOTE: If NONE is selected for WPT BRG then dashes will appear on the next three lines.
NORTH/NOSE DRIFT/BRG +180/+0 DES TRK NORTH/NOSE NOTE: (10) Configure 7/9 (a) Pass Pass
Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass
Fail Fail Fail
If NONE was selected for DES TRK, then dashes will appear in the last line.
Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 7/9 page.

CONFIGURE 7/9 ARINC 561 DIST 561 AC ROLL ENABLE ANA HDG ENABLE VNAV ENABLE APPR FPA 9 VNAV FPA 6
34-60-05
Page 511 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] (b) Verify that information displayed is correct. ARINC distance format Pass Fail 561/568 AC ROLL ANA HDG NOTE: (11) Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail
The VNAV field will always show ENABLE. FPA values can not be changed and are shown for information.
Configure 8/9 Airspeed and GPS (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 8/9 page.
CONFIGURE 8/9 MIN TAS 50 HDG MODE SEL DISABLE GPS INT GPS1 ANT PASSIVE
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. NOTE: NOTE: HDG SEL GPS INT ANT NOTE: Autonomous must be configured DIS (disabled). MIN TAS is not configurable and is displayed for information only. Pass Fail Pass Pass Fail Fail
If NONE was selected for GPS INT, then dashes will appear in the last line.
(12)
Configure 9/9 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 9/9page.

CONFIGURE 9/9 RPTR PANL NONE
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. RPTR PANL Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 512 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] E. NCU Configuration Verification [21.X] The NCUs Configuration Module was programmed to allow the UNS1M to interface with the installed sensors, databases, etc. The UNS1M can show what aircraft hardware the Configuration Module is programmed for. Perform the following procedure checks to verify proper programming, you may make copies of these procedures and annotate them with your required configuration. NOTE: The UNS1M displays illustrated in these procedures are only examples. Your displays may differ. Refer to your Configuration Module Programming Data to verify your configuration decisions.
(1)
Configuration Module Verification Verify the UNS1M Configuration Module as follows: (a) (b) (c) With power applied to the aircraft, push [ON OFF]. The UNS1M will go through a self test and the Initialization page will appear. Initialize the UNS1M present position. Push [ENTER] several times to move the cursor through the fields on the DATE and PRES POS pages until you ACCEPT the data. Push [DATA] and then push [MENU]. The DATA MENU page will appear. Select MAINTENANCE and then push [ENTER]. The MAINTENANCE MENU page will appear. Select CONFIGURE and then push [ENTER]. CONFIGURE 1/10 page will appear.
(d) (e) (f)
(g)
34-60-05
Page 513 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] (2) Configure 2/10 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 2/10 page.
(b)
(3)
Configure 3/10 (a) Push [DATA] to display CONFIGURE 3/10 page.

(b)
34-60-05
Page 514 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] (4) Configure 4/10 (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 4/10 page.
(b)
(5)
Configure 5/10 Manual Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/10 MANUAL FLOW page.
(b) (6)
Configure 5/10 Linear DC Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/10 LINEAR DC page.
34-60-05
Page 515 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] (b) Verify that information displayed is correct. LOW FLOW Pass Fail VDC UPR FLOW VDC MIN FLOW (7) Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
Configure 5/10 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/10 PULSE FREQ page.
(b)
(8)
Configure 5/10 Pulse Width Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/10 PULSE WIDTH page.
CONFIGURE 5/10 PULSE WIDTH SCALING XXX.XXX PPH/MS PULSE POLARITY POSITIVE MIN FLOW XXXX
(b)
34-60-05
Page 516 17 July 2009
(9)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [21.X] Configure 6/10 (a) (b) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 6/10 page. The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units.
DES TRK
(c) (d)
Configure 6/10
Pass
Fail
The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
DES TRK
(e)
Verify that information displayed on the analog UNS1M is correct. WPT BRG Pass Fail NOTE: If NONE is selected for WPT BRG then dashes will appear on the next three lines. Pass Pass Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail Fail Fail
NORTH/NOSE DRIFT/BRG +180/+0 DES TRK NORTH/NOSE NOTE:
If NONE was selected for DES TRK, then dashes will appear in the last line.
34-60-05
Page 517 17 July 2009
CONFIGURE 7/10 ARINC 561 ALL 561 EFIS 429 GAMA ANA HDG DISABL VNAV ENABLE APPR FPA 9 VNAV FPA 6
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. ARINC distance format Pass Fail 561/568 EFIS 429 ANA HDG NOTE: Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail
The VNAV field will always show ENABLE. FPA values can not be changed and are shown for information.
(11)
Configure 8/10 (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 8/10 page.
CONFIGURE 8/10 AUTONOMOUS DIS MIN TAS 50 HDG SEL DISABL GPS INT GPS1
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. AUTONOMOUS Pass Fail NOTE: NOTE: HDG SEL GPS INT ANT NOTE: Autonomous must be configured DIS (disabled). MIN TAS is not configurable and is displayed for information only. Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail
If NONE was selected for GPS INT, then dashes will appear in the last line.
34-60-05
Page 518 17 July 2009
CONFIGURE 9/10 AC ROLL ENABLE ROLL LIMITS AT OR BELOW 27.0 20000f AT OR ABOVE 15.0 32000f
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. AC ROLL (roll steering) Pass Fail AT OR BELOW Degrees AT OR ABOVE Degrees Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
(13)
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. RPTR PANL Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 519 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] F. NCU Configuration Verification [22.X] The NCUs Configuration Module was programmed to allow the UNS1M to interface with the installed sensors, databases, etc. The UNS1M can show what aircraft hardware the Configuration Module is programmed for. The following procedure checks for proper programming. Illustrations of applicable display pages appear in the procedure. Your displays may differ in some details from our illustrations. To verify proper programming, you may make copies of these procedures and annotate them with your required configuration. NOTE: The UNS1M displays illustrated in these procedures are only examples. Your displays may differ. Refer to your Configuration Module Programming Data to verify your configuration decisions.
(1)
Configuration Module Verification Verify the UNS1M Configuration Module as follows: (a) (b) (c) With power applied to the aircraft, push [ON OFF]. The UNS1M will go through a self test and the Initialization page will appear. Initialize the UNS1M present position. Push [ENTER] several times to move the cursor through the fields on the DATE and PRES POS pages until you ACCEPT the data. Push [DATA] and then push [MENU]. The DATA MENU page will appear. Select MAINTENANCE and then push [ENTER]. The MAINTENANCE MENU page will appear. Select CONFIGURE and then push [ENTER]. CONFIGURE 1/11page will appear.
(d) (e) (f)
(g)
34-60-05
Page 520 17 July 2009
(2)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] Configure 2/11 (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 2/11page.
(b)
(3)
Configure 3/11 (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 3/11page.

(b)
34-60-05
Page 521 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] (4) Configure 4/11 (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 4/11page.
(b)
(5)
Configure 5/11 Manual Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/11 MANUAL FLOW page.
(b) (6)
Configure 5/11 Linear DC Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/11 LINEAR DC page.
34-60-05
Page 522 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] (b) Verify that information displayed is correct. LOW FLOW Pass Fail VDC UPR FLOW VDC MIN FLOW (7) Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
Configure 5/11 Pulse Frequency Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/11 PULSE FREQ page.
(b)
(8)
Configure 5/11 Pulse Width Fuel Flow (a) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 5/11 PULSE WIDTH page.
(b)
34-60-05
Page 523 17 July 2009
(9)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [22.X] Configure 6/11 (a) (b) Push [DATA] to display the CONFIGURE 6/11 page. The all digital versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX0X) do not support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the all digital units.
DES TRK
(c) (d)
Configure 6/11
Pass
Fail
The analog versions of the UNS1M (P/N 1013XXX1X) generate the analog outputs necessary to support the waypoint bearing and desired track function. You should observe the following configuration page with the analog units.
DES TRK
(e)
Verify that information displayed on the analog UNS1M is correct. WPT BRG Pass Fail NOTE: If NONE is selected for WPT BRG, dashes will appear on the next three lines. Pass Pass Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail Fail Fail
NORTH/NOSE DRIFT/BRG +180/+0 DES TRK NORTH/NOSE NOTE:
If NONE was selected for DES TRK, dashes will appear in the last line.
34-60-05
Page 524 17 July 2009
CONFIGURE 7/11 ARINC 561 DIST 561 EFIS 429 ADV ANA HDG INPUT ENABLE MIN TAS 50
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. ARINC distance format Pass Fail 561/568 EFIS 429 ANA HDG Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail
(11)
CONFIGURE VDEV STOW VDEV EN A VDEV AP A VDEV EN D VNAV AP D APPR FPA ENRT FPA 8/11 ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL ENBL 9 6
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. VDEV STOW Pass Fail VDEV EN A VDEV AP A VDEV EN A VDEV AP A APPR FPA ENRT FPA Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail
34-60-05
Page 525 17 July 2009
CONFIGURE 9/11 AC ROLL ENABLE APR ROLL GN 1X ROLL LIMIT AT OR BELOW 27.0 20000f AT OR ABOVE 15.0 32000f
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. AC ROLL (roll steering) Pass Fail APR ROLL GN AT OR BELOW Degrees AT OR ABOVE Degrees Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail
(13)
CONFIG 10/11 PCMD D ENABLE HDG SEL ENRT ENABLE APPR ENABLE GPS INT GPS1 AUTONOMOUS DIS
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. PCMD D Pass Fail Enroute Heading Select Approach Heading Select GPS Integrity Autonomous Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail Fail
34-60-05
Page 526 17 July 2009
CONFIG 11/11 RPTR PANL NONE CLR NV RAM? N
(b)
Verify that information displayed is correct. RPTR PANL Pass Fail Clear Nonvolatile RAM? Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 527 17 July 2009
G.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] Maintenance Features [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] The UNS1M NMS with includes maintenance features for installation set-up and troubleshooting. Maintenance features that cause active outputs are inhibited when the NMS is in flight mode. (1) Address Page (a) (b) (c) Turn on the UNS1M NMS. Push [DATA] and then push MENU to display the DATA MENU page. Push [7] and then push [ENTER] to display the MAINTENANCE MENU page.
MAINTENANCE # 1 EXAMINE ADDR 2 S/W VERSIONS 3 MESSAGE LOG 4 SELFTEST LOG 7 CONFIGURE
MAINTENANCE #1 EXAMINE ADDR 2 MESSAGE HIST 3 S/W VERSIONS
7 CONFIGURE
[20.X] [21.X] (d)
[22.X]
With the cursor in the upper right corner of the MAINTENANCE MENU page, enter the number for EXAMINE ADDR and then push [ENTER]. The Diagnostic Address page will appear. NOTE: The HEX address codes are the first six characters on each line. You may enter the code for any address to see contents of that address.
(e) (2) (a)
Push [BACK] to return to the MAINTENANCE MENU. With the cursor in the upper right corner of the MAINTENANCE MENU page, enter the number for MESSAGE HIST or MESSAGE LOG and then push [ENTER]. The Message page appropriate for the system software will appear.
01 MSG HIST 1/20 MSG LOG 1/25
Message Page
MSG RECORD
DME DESELECT 01DEC94 23:45 TUNE NAVAID 01DEC94 23:44 WPT ALERT 01DEC94 23:43
DME DESELECT 01DEC94 23:45 TUNE NAVAID 01DEC94 23:44 WPT ALERT 01DEC94 23:43
DME DESELECT 07APR 22:32.25 TUNE NAVAID 07APR 22:31.13 WPT ALERT 07APR 22:30.15
[20.X]
[21.X]
[22.X]
34-60-05
Page 528 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] (b) Push [DATA ] or [] to change the Message pages. NOTE: (c) (3) (a) The last entry will be the first one displayed. Entries are shown chronologically in reverse order.
Push [MENU] to return to the MAINTENANCE MENU. With the cursor in the upper right corner of the MAINTENANCE MENU page, enter the number for S/W VERSIONS and then push [ENTER]. The Software Version page will appear.
FMC ARNC AUX MON INT GPS LCS RSU RRS 21.0 2.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.5 3 1.0
Software Version Page
NOTE: (b) (c) (4)
This page displays the current status of the system software, internal processor software, and external sensor software.
Push [DATA] to view any additional pages. Push [MENU] to return to the MAINTENANCE MENU.
Selftest Log Page [22.X] The Selftest log [age maintains a record of the hex values for test flag indications. Dashes will appear in the time and date fields if the flag occurs at point where time is not available. The appearance of an entry does not indicate a failure. Use the entries to troubleshoot problems. With the cursor in the upper right corner of the MAINTENANCE MENU page, enter the number for SELFTEST and then push [ENTER]. The Selftest Log page will appear.
SELFTEST AUX1 08NOV ARNC1 08NOV ANLG1 08NOV 1/25
OOABOOCD 09:52.25 00400000 09:52.22 00005000 09:52.21
(b) (c)
Push [DATA] to view any additional pages. Push [MENU] to return to the MAINTENANCE MENU.
34-60-05
Page 529 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] H. NCU Configuration Verification [23.X] The NCUs Configuration Module was programmed to allow the UNS1M to interface with the installed sensors, databases, etc. The UNS1M can show what aircraft hardware the Configuration Module is programmed for. Follow the Configuration Module Programming Procedures. However, you should not push EDIT [R1] during this verification. Refer to your marked up copy of the procedures or other record of the required configuration to verify that the Configuration Module is correctly configured. I. Maintenance Features [23.X] The NMS includes maintenance features for verification of installation set-up and troubleshooting. Features that cause active outputs are inhibited when the NMS is in flight mode. Perform the following tests as needed. (1) Test Preparation 1 Set the date equal to 456789. NOTE: Enter the value 456789 in the date field on either the Initialization Page or the Date and UTC Page (push [DATA] until the latter page appears).
2 Push [DATA] until the Maintenance Menu Page appears.

MAINTENANCE # 1 EXAMINE ADDR 2 S/W VERSIONS 3 MESSAGE LOG 4 SELFTEST LOG 5 STATIC TEST 6 DYNAMIC TEST 7 CONFIGURE
3Enter the number of

the appropriate test or procedure and then push [ENTER].
Maintenance Menu Page NOTE: (2) STATIC and DYNAMIC TEST options are not available in flight. If the MENU key is pushed on this page the display returns to the Data Menu.
Examine Address Page The NMS provides an address page. This page may be used in troubleshooting to display the contents of specified addresses within the NMS. To modify the contents of addresses, first enter a code of 123456 twice as the current date.
34-60-05
Page 530 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] To return to the Maintenance Menu, push any of the following keys on the RCDU: [], [DATA], [BACK], or [MENU].
00BFFEB51A0000 09FFFE39640000 0AFFFE71DB0000 0BFFFE45B20000 710024000487FC 710028CB434700 700024000438FC 70002807D4CC45
Address Page (3) Software Version The software VERSION page displays the current status of the navigation computer software and the status of the Jeppesen Data Base software. To return to the Maintenance Menu, push any of the following keys on the RCDU: [], [DATA], [BACK], or [MENU].
FMC ARNC AUX MON INT GPS LCS RSU RRS 23.0 3.0 1.2 1.3 1.0 1.5 3 1.0
Your software versions may be different from those illustrated here.
Software Version Page FMC: The UNS-1MSM system software version number. ____ ARINC: The software version for the ARINC processor._____ AUX: The software version for the AUX processor. ________ MON: The monitor software version number. LCS: The software version for the Loran C sensor ________ ________ INT GPS: The software version for the internal GPS ________ RSU: The software version for the Radio Select Unit _______ RRS: The software version for the Radio Reference Sensor __ (4) Message Log Page The message log pages display messages that were stored for use in troubleshooting. Message pages are limited to three messages per page and up to 25 pages. Change pages by pushing [DATA] or [] for the next page and [BACK] for the previous page. The messages are shown in reverse order (the latest first).
34-60-05
Page 531 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] Dashes appear in the time and date fields if the fault occurred at a point where time was not available.
MSG LOG 1/25
DME DESELECT 07APR 22:32.25 TUNE NAVAID 07APR 22:31.13 WPT ALERT 07APR 22:30.15
Message Log Page (5) Self Test Log. The Self Test Log page maintains a record of the hexadecimal values for test flag indications. The record is not updated during the power on self test. Flags meeting the record criteria after the power on self test process has completed are recorded. Dashes appear in the time and date fields if the fault occurred at a point where time was not available. The flags do not infer a hardware fault if they are recorded. Specific information must be derived from the contents of each flag and the specific characteristics of each installation. The following flags are monitored by this function:
SELFTEST AUX1 08NOV ARNC1 08NOV ANLG1 08NOV 1/25
OOABOOCD 09:52.25 00400000 09:52.22 00005000 09:52.21
Selftest Log Page

Descriptor MON0 MON1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX3 ARNC1 ARNC2 GPS1 GPS1 ANLGL ANLG2 STST1 Contents Monitor error word in the state it was in at the point when the monitor passed control to the NMS (static value) Monitor error word maintained by NMS (dynamic value) Aux. board self test status maintain by Aux. bd. (dynamic) Aux. board self test status maintain by Aux. bd. (dynamic) Aux. board status maintained by NMS (dynamic) ARINC board self test status maintained by ARINC bd. (dynamic) ARINC board self test status maintained by ARINC bd. (dynamic) GPS board self test status maint. by GPS/ARINC bd. (dynamic) GPS board exception status maint. by GPS/ARINC bd. (dynamic) Not implemented presently Analog heading flags maintained by Aux. board (dynamic) NMS self test word maintained by the NMS (dynamic)
34-60-05
Page 532 14 July 2010
(6)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] Static Outputs The NMS implements a mode to test individual outputs selectively for installation checkout. This mode is only be enabled on the ground. The static mode steps through a sequence of outputs states via the operator pressing the [] key. The sequence starts over after the end is reached. [BACK] terminates this test. Test steps/settings are specified in the following paragraph. The format of the test page follows:
STATIC OUTPUTS JUMPERS BEARING A000 135
+/- TO ADVANCE BACK TO EXIT
Static Test The JUMPERS field displays status of UNS1M switch inputs. The least significant hex digit is on the right and the most significant hex digit is on the left.
DIGIT 1 LSD 2 JUMPERS FIELD BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION 1 1 NMS 2 2 2 NMS 3 4 3 MAG/TRUE or Alt Mag/True 8 4 Strut 1 5 RSU Present 2 6 Test Switch 4 7 Spare 8 8 Synchro Mag/True 1 9 561 Res 2 10 Spare 4 11 Go Around Active 8 12 JMP 1 13 Spare 2 14 Spare 4 15 Spare 8 16 Not connected PLUG AND PIN P1EE P1FF P1AA or P1BB P1CC P1GG P1DD P1LL P1HH P1MM P1JJ P1KK P1NN P1r P1s P1t
4 MSD
The following test conditions apply: Cursor stays over the +/- TO ADVANCE line. [] and [BACK] function keys are active. If [BACK] is pushed, test is terminated and NMS returns to Maintenance Menu. Test Step: Line 3 indicates the test step and the present value of the test output associated with this test step.
(7) Static Test sequence The static test performs a series of sequential steps as is indicated below until the last test state is reached. After the last test step the test starts again at the first default state (Output sequence 0). Analog outputs are referenced as indicated in the configuration module e.g.
34-60-05
Page 533 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] +180, HDG up, etc. for synchros. When the page is accessed the outputs should go to the output test states as indicated in the table of Sequential Outputs. For each test step (except ALL) the indicated output is the only active output with the exception of the indicated valids. When a valid is set true it remains set through the sequence until the sequence sets it false again. The ALL test step sets the NMS outputs to a predetermined output test state. The [] key advances through test outputs in the following sequence: Left to right through each step from top to bottom. The test skips all empty cells in the Sequential Outputs table. For example: If the test is at Sequence +2 of Step 1 (BEARING 135), then pushing [] once advances the test to Sequence +0 of Step 4 (DSTRK 90).
Sequential Outputs Step (Sequence +O) (Sequence +1) (Sequence +2) 0 Start NOTE: All analog and discrete outputs at null/false state. (Master Valid and Vertical Valid false) 1 BEARING 90 BEARING 45 BEARING 135 (set Master Valid true) (set Master Valid true) (set Master Valid true) 2 3 4 DSTRK 90 DSTRK 45 DSTRK 135 7 LATERAL 1 L 8 LATERAL I R 9 LATERAL 0 10 VERT DEV 1 UP (set Vert Valid true) 11 VERT DEV I DN 12 VERT DEV 0 13 TO/FROM (TO) TO/FROM (FROM) TO/FROM (STOWED) 14 15 16 ROLL 10 DEG R (set Roll Valid) ROLL 10 DEG L ROLL 0 17 18 19 ANNUNCIATORS [Label Only] (NMS Master Valid false) (set Vert Valid false) (set Roll Valid false) 20 APPR ANNUNCIATOR ON 21 HDG ANNUNCIATOR ON 22 SXTK ANNUNCIATOR ON 23 WPT ANNUNCIATOR ON 24 POS ANNUNCIATOR ON 25 MSG ANNUNCIATOR ON 26 GPS ANNUNCIATOR ON 27 SPARE ANNUNCIATOR ON 28 ALL ANNUNCIATORS ON (Master Valid) (Vertical Valid) NOTE: Sequence +0 of Step 28 also causes the NMS to generate Initialization Test Outputs as described earlier in this section.
34-60-05
Page 534 14 July 2010
(8)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] Dynamic Test Page The NMS implements a mode to simulate instrument outputs for installation checkout procedures. The mode may only be enabled while on the ground. The page format for both test sequences is specified below. [BACK] key must be used to exit. Analog outputs are referenced, as indicated, in the configuration module e.g. +180, HDG up, etc. for synchros.
DYNAMIC TEST APPROACH +/-
ENTER TO START BACK TO EXIT
Approach Test The following test conditions apply: Cursor stays over ENTER TO START line. [BACK], [], and function keys are active on the cursor field. [] after Start stops test and resets display to Dynamic Test Page. The [ENTER] starts the test sequence. If [BACK] is pushed, test is terminated and NMS returns to Maintenance Menu. Test Type: Default to Approach. [] key selects between approach and enroute modes. Mode may not be switched once test is in progress until test completes. Progress: Line 3 is blank until a test is initiated. When a test starts, IN PROGRESS appears and the asterisk blinks while the test is in progress. When the test is complete, TEST COMPLETE is displayed.
(9)
Approach Simulation The following test conditions apply: The outputs sweep through the range normally encountered during an approach in accordance with the rates specified.: If no heading source is available default to 90 degrees. Use a roll rates of l degree per second. Desired Track and Bearing outputs are referenced as indicated in the configuration module, e.g. Nose, North, +180. Test outputs are generated without valid VOR and DME inputs.
34-60-05
Page 535 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual [23.X] The test is implemented in the following sequence:
(a) (b) (c) Test State All annunciators OFF Except APPR (Not used) The analog and digital outputs are set to the following states for 10 seconds: Desired Track = to current aircraft heading Bearing = to current aircraft heading Master Nav = set valid Vertical Valid = set valid Pitch command = set valid TO/From = TO Lateral Deviation = two dots right Vertical Deviation = two dots up Pitch command = 5 degrees up Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 10 degrees right Change the state of the following for 10 seconds using a rate of change of one dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = center Vertical Deviation = two dots up Pitch command = 5 degrees up Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees Change the state of the following for 10 seconds using a rate of change of one dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = center Vertical Deviation = center Pitch command = 0 degrees Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees Change the state of the following for 10 seconds using a rate of change of one dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = 2 dots left Vertical Deviation = 2 dots down Pitch command = 5 degrees down Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 10 degrees left Change the state of the following for 5 seconds using a rate of change of one dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = centered Vertical Deviation = centered Pitch command = 0 degrees Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees Change the state of the following for 5 seconds then go to next step: Vertical Valid = set invalid Lateral Deviation = centered Vertical Deviation = centered Pitch command = 0 degrees Roll Steering valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
34-60-05
Page 536 14 July 2010

(i) Test State Change the state of the following for 5 seconds then go to next step: Pitch command = set invalid Lateral Deviation = centered Vertical Deviation = centered Pitch command = 0 degrees Roll Steering Valid = set invalid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees Conclude the test in the following states: Master Nav = set invalid Vertical Deviation flag = set invalid Roll Steering flag = set invalid To/From = neutral Lateral Deviation = centered vertical Deviation = centered Pitch command = 0 degrees Roll Steering Valid = set invalid Roll Steering = Roll 0 degrees
(j)
(10)
Enroute Simulation The following test conditions apply: The outputs sweep through the range normally encountered during Enroute operations in accordance with the rates that are specified. The test is implemented in the following sequence:
(a) (b) (c) Test State All annunciators OFF (Not used) The analog and digital outputs are set to the following states for 10 seconds: Desired Track = current aircraft heading Bearing = current aircraft heading (If no heading source is available default to 00.) Master Nav = set valid Vertical Valid = set valid TO/From = TO Lateral Deviation = one dot right Vertical Deviation = one dot up Roll Steering Valid = set valid Roll Steering = Roll 10 degrees right. (Use a roll rate of one degree per second.) Change the state of the following for 10 seconds using a rate of change of 1 dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = one dot left Vertical Deviation = one dot down Roll Steering = Roll 10 degrees left
(d)
34-60-05
Page 537 14 July 2010

(e) Test State Change the state of the following for 5 seconds using a rate of change of 1 dot per 5 seconds: Lateral Deviation = centered Vertical Deviation = centered Roll Steering = 0 degrees roll TO/From = From Change the state of the following after 10 seconds to: Master Nav = set invalid Vertical Deviation flag = set invalid Roll Steering flag = set invalid To/From = neutral
(f)
34-60-05
Page 538 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual J. Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Displays NOTE: If an Inertial Sensor System (ISS) is not installed, bypass this checkout and proceed to the OSS checkout.
To perform this checkout, a known heading reference must be used. To obtain that reference, align aircraft with heading reference such as a compass rose or ramp or hangar heading marking. Where none of those are available, an accurate wet compass corrected for magnetic variation may be used as a reference. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Make sure the IRS is OFF initially. Turn ON and initialize the UNS1M. Push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the reference number corresponding to the IRS and then push [ENTER]. Verify, with the IRS Off, that the IRS STATUS line on the UNS1M shows FAILED. Pass Fail Turn the IRS System MSU (Mode Selector Unit) to ALIGN or NAV (as appropriate). Verify that STATUS shows ALIGN. NOTE: NOTE: (8) (9) (10) (11) Pass Fail
System status, i.e., ALIGN, NAV, ATTITUDE, will only be displayed if those INS/INU data words are being transmitted to the UNS1M. IRS alignment requires about 3 to 15 minutes.
Push [DATA] and then [MENU] to select the DATA MENU page. Input the number 2 (SENSOR POS) and then push [ENTER] to select the Position Comparison page. Push [ENTER] to access the PRES POS page. Verify that the position shown is correct (enter correct location if necessary) and accept the present position. NOTE: This action will send Set Lat and Set Long data to the IRS telling it where it is located. This data is required to complete the IRS ALIGN process. If the IRS does not have this data, the ALIGN annunciator on the MSU will flash.
(12) (13) (14) (15)
After alignment is complete, ensure NAV is selected on the MSU. Push [MENU] and then push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the reference number corresponding to the IRS and then push [ENTER]. Verify that the IRS STATUS line on the UNS1M shows NAV. Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 539 14 July 2010
(16) (17)
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Verify correct UNS1M HDG IN by comparing it to the known heading reference. Pass Fail Check that the HDG (Heading) displayed on the UNS1M corresponds the heading displayed on the HSI. Pass Fail NOTE: UNS1M and HSI must both receive IRS heading information for the UNS1M vs. HSI check to be done. Heading shown on the ISDU (Inertial Sensor Display Unit) may be referenced if HSI does not receive IRS heading.
(18) K.
If a second IRS is installed, repeat this procedure by selecting IRS 2 rather than the IRS 1. Then repeat for third IRS if present.
Checkout of Loran C Sensor (1) (2) (3) (4) Turn ON and initialize the UNS1M. Push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the number corresponding to the LCS and then push [ENTER] to select the LORAN status page.. Record the following information: NAV FAIL STATUS: TRACK SNR LOA INSIDE GRIs and Stations received: RANGE NONCERT OUTSIDE ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ NOTE: _______________________ _______________________ _______________________ _______________________ SEARCH GEOM CYCLE BLINK
The LORAN C chains (GRIs) in use are shown only if status is valid. When outside LOA, GRIs or stations may not be received. The letters after the GRI indicate which stations are in use. A hyphen (-) indicates that the station is not being used. An asterisk (*) indicates the LCS has automatically deselected this station so that it will not be used for position determination.
34-60-05
Page 540 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual L. Checkout of Each Sensors Position vs. UNS1M Calculated Position NOTE: The accuracy of an OSS may be reduced when one of the Omega/VLF stations is temporarily off the air. Check the station maintenance chart in the Navigation Systems section.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Turn ON and initialize the UNS1M using the actual location coordinates of the aircraft. Push [DATA] and then push [MENU]to select the DATA MENU page. Input the number 2 (SENSOR POS) and then push [ENTER] to select the Position Comparison page. Compare the IRS 1 lat/long coordinates to the NMS 1 lat/long. Record any differences.
Latitude Longitude N E S W
NOTE:
NMS1 and IRS1 coordinates should be approximately equal as confirmed by small or 0 numbers on the DIFF line. If POS coordinates are not approximately equal to the actual coordinates of the aircraft, compare the sensor coordinates to the actual position, not NCU computed position.
(5) (6)
Use the [DATA] and [BACK] keys to select the remaining available sensors. Compare the lat/long as above and record any differences.
IRS2 Latitude Longitude GPIR1 Latitude Longitude GPIR2 Latitude Longitude GPIR3 Latitude Longitude GPS1 Latitude Longitude GPS2 Latitude Longitude LCS Latitude Longitude N E N E N E N E N E N E N E S W S W S W S W S W S W S W
34-60-05
Page 541 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual M. Checkout of GPIRS (1) Initialization (a) (b) (c) Turn ON and initialize the UNS1M. Push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the number corresponding to the GPIR and then push [ENTER] to select the GPIR status page. This page provides data on the GPS portion of the GPIRS Sensors. One page exists for each GPIRS configured.
1 5
GPIR 1 HYB INTEG NAV NONE Q= 1
2 3 4
# SAT 5 DIAGNOSTIC 273 062B00 274 062840
Callout 1. GPS Data Type. GPS data type is either hybrid (HYB) or autonomous (AUT) as defined below: HYB - UNS1M is using GPS & IRS blended (hybrid) data from GPIRS. AUT - UNS1M is using GPS autonomous data (i.e., the GPS data has passed through the IRS and is being used with no IRS blending). Callout 2. GPS Status ALT - Altitude aiding mode. ADC altitude being used to supplement satellite computed position. NAV - Normal navigation status using either HYB or AUT data. TEST - GPS is in test mode. INIT - GPS/IRS is initializing position. ACQ - GPS is acquiring satellites for navigation. FAIL - GPS has failed, or no 429 data is being received by UNS1M.
34-60-05
Page 542 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 3. GPS INTEG Status. Status is given for GPS integrity as follows: RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring RADIO - Radio based (i.e., DME-DME) integrity monitoring. NONE - No integrity monitoring available. GPS position accuracy is not affected and will continue to be used for navigation. However, the pilot should monitor the NMS accuracy by comparing to other nav sources, if available. ALARM - Integrity monitoring indicates a GPS error outside limits (2 NM Enroute for >30 sec, or 1 NM Terminal for >10 sec). Callout 4. Q Factor This is an error estimate in tenths of nautical miles (i.e., a typical GPS Q factor of 1 is equal to 0.1 NM or less circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor is not usable by the NMS. Callout 5. # SAT The number of satellites being tracked, from Label 264, is displayed at this location. Callout 6. DIAGNOSTIC ARINC 429 labels 273 and 274 hexadecimal diagnostic values are shown at this location and are used for troubleshooting only.
34-60-05
Page 543 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) Label 273 Autonomous GPS Status
GPIRS BUS ARINC 429 HI SPEED 273 - AUTONOMOUS GPS STATUS Transmission rate: 500 milliseconds Bit 3332 2222 2222 2111 1111 1110 00000000 2109 8765 4321 0987 6543 2109 87654321 P M Status Bits 11011101 M Status bit meanings, if set to one Bit 29: Reserved Bit 28 26: GPS mode: 000 = Self Test 001 = Initialization 010 = Acquisition 011 = Navigation 100 = Altitude Aiding 101 = Spare 110 = Spare 111 = Fault Bit 25 24: Spare Bit 23 20: Number of Satellites Tracked Bit 19 16: Number of Satellites Visible Bit 15: Secondary IRS/FMS Source used Bit 14: IRS/FMS Not Present Bit 13: Secondary DADS Source used Bit 12: DADS not present Bit 11-09: Spare Where MM is: 00 = valid; else = invalid Where P is bit which causes sum of 32 bits to be odd.
34-60-05
Page 544 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (3) Label 274 Hybrid GPS Status
GPIRS BUS ARINC 429 HI SPEED 274 - HYBRID GPS STATUS Transmission rate: 500 milliseconds Bit 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2109 8765 4321 0987 6543 2109 87654321 P M Status Bits 00111101 M Status bit meanings, if set to one Bit 29: Reserved Bit 28 26: GPS mode: 000 = Self Test 001 = Initialization 010 = Acquisition 011 = Navigation 100 = Altitude Aiding 101 = Spare 110 = Spare 111 = Fault Bit 25 24: Spare Bit 23 20: Number of Satellites Tracked Bit 19: Active GPSSU Source: 0 = GPSSU #1 1 = GPSSU #2 Bit 18 17: GPSSU #1 Validity: 00 = Valid 01 = Inactive 10 = Functional Test 11 = Fail Bit 16 15: GPSSU #2 Validity: 00 = Valid 01 = Inactive 10 = Functional Test 11 = Fail Bit 14 09: Spare Where MM is: 00 = valid else = invalid Where P is bit which causes sum of 32 bits to be odd.
34-60-05
Page 545 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual N. Checkout of GPS GPS950, GPS1000, GPS-1200 (1) Initialization (a) (b) (c) (d) Apply aircraft power to the UNS1M and GPS sensor(s) systems. Turn on the UNS1M and initialize by verifying or entering correct date, time, and present position. Push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the number corresponding to the GPS and then push [ENTER] to select the GPS status page. NOTE: The external GPS may be configured as either GPS1 or GPS 2. Wait until NAV appears on GPS status page. At times, it may take up to 30 minutes to acquire a valid almanac from the satellites present. Verify status and operation of the UNC GPS-950 using the information presented below. [22.X] Push [DATA] to step through the status, blackball, and diagnostic pages in sequence.
(e) (f) (g) (2)
The GPS# Status page [20.X] [21.X] This page displays the GPS and GPS Integrity status for an external standalone GPS. The number of satellites being tracked and diagnostics are also shown on this page. There will be one page for each GPS configured. The external GPS can be configured as either GPS1 or GPS2.
GPS 1 STATUS NAV INTEG NONE Q= 1 # SAT 5 DIAGNOSTIC 273 062800 277 000000
1 2 3
5
Callout 1.
GPS Status:
NAV - Normal navigation status using GPS. ALT - Altitude aiding mode. ADC altitude being used to supplement satellite computed position. ACQ - GPS is acquiring satellites for navigation. TEST - GPS is in test mode. INIT - External GPS is initializing position. FAIL - GPS has failed, or no 429 data is being received by the UNS1M.
34-60-05
Page 546 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 2. GPS INTEG Status: RADIO - Radio based (i.e., DME-DME) integrity monitoring. NONE - No integrity monitoring available. GPS position accuracy is not affected and will continue to be used for navigation. However, the pilot should monitor the NMS accuracy by comparing to other nav sources, if available. ALARM - Integrity monitoring indicates a GPS error outside limits (2 NM Enroute for >30 sec, or 1 NM Terminal for >10 sec). Callout 3. Q Factor: This is an error estimate in tenths of nautical miles (i.e., a typical GPS Q factor of 01 is equal to 0.1 NM or less circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor is not usable by the NMS. Callout 4. # SAT The number of satellites being tracked is displayed at this location. When the GPS-950 is installed, the # SAT value will never be greater than 5 since the GPS engine is 5 channels, however, all satellites in view (and healthy) will be used since the GPS scans each satellite in sequence. Callout 5. DIAGNOSTIC ARINC 429 labels 273 and 277 hexadecimal diagnostic values are shown at this location and are used for troubleshooting only. (3) The GPS# Status page [22.X] [23.X] The GPS-950 does not support all of the functions incorporated in SCN 22.X and subsequent. In the displays described below, fields for RAIM information will contain dashes because the GPS-950 is not RAIM capable. The blackball page is not functional with the GPS-950. This page displays the GPS and GPS Integrity status for an external standalone GPS. The number of satellites being tracked and diagnostics are also shown on this page. There will be one page for each GPS configured. The external GPS can be configured as either GPS1 or GPS2.
GPS 2 STATUS NAV INTEG RADIO Q=01 # SAT 4 HIL XXXXXr HDOP XXXXX VDOP XXXXX
1 2 3 5 6
34-60-05
Page 547 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 1. GPS Status: NAV - Normal navigation status using GPS. ALT - Altitude aiding mode. ADC altitude being used to supplement satellite computed position. ACQ - GPS is acquiring satellites for navigation. TEST - GPS is in test mode. INIT - External GPS is initializing position. FAIL - GPS has failed, or no 429 data is being received by the UNS1M. Callout 2. GPS INTEG Status: RAIM - Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RADIO - Radio based (i.e., DME-DME) integrity monitoring. NONE - No integrity monitoring available. GPS position accuracy is not affected and will continue to be used for navigation. However, the pilot should monitor the NMS accuracy by comparing to other NAV sources, if available. ALARM - Integrity monitoring indicates a GPS error outside limits (2 NM Enroute for >30 sec, or 1 NM Terminal for >10 sec). Callout 3. Q Factor: This is an error estimate in tenths of nautical miles (i.e., a typical GPS Q factor of 01 is equal to 0.1 NM or less circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor is not usable by the NMS. Callout 4. # SAT The number of satellites being tracked is displayed at this location. When the GPS-950 is installed, the # SAT value will never be greater than 5 since the GPS engine is 5 channels, however, all satellites in view (and healthy) will be used since the GPS scans each satellite in sequence. Callout 5. Callout 6. HIL : HDOP and VDOP: This is the Horizontal Integrity Limit. The range is 0.00 HIL 16.00 NM. These are the horizontal and vertical dilution of precision to hundredths. (4) The GPS# Blackball page [22.X] [23.X]
GPS SV SEL/DES DESEL SV# SELECT SV# 11
7 5 17 8
DES DES REQ AUT
9 REQ 2 DES 11 DES
34-60-05
Page 548 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 1. DESEL and SELECT: These are data entry fields used to enter the satellite vehicle number of a GPS satellite to deselect or select that satellite for use by the external GPS unit. Callout 2. SV Status: This array displays the SV number and status of deselected GPS satellites. DES - Deselected. REQ - Deselect or select has been requested but the GPS unit has not yet responded. AUT - Deselected by the GPS, not the FMS. NOTE: (5) No more than 6 satellites may be deselected.
The GPS Satellite AZ/EL page [23.X]
1
SV 04 06 29 22 16 13 GPS 1 AS EL 122 38 93 87 248 11 248 22 223 45 180 02 SNTS 54A2 23F3 1811 2645 33A2 04A1
GPS 1 SV AS EL SNTS 09 127 53 34A2 15 35 67 36A2
34-60-05
Page 549 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual The Satellite AZ/EL page shows one row of information about each GPS satellite vehicle (SV) currently being tracked by the GPS sensor. Callout 1. Signal to Noise ratio: Entries in the column headed SN show the signal to noise ratio for each satellite. Callout 2. Tracking Status: Entries in the column headed TS show the tracking status for each satellite. This information is for maintenance only and may be disregarded. Callout 3. Second page: If the GPS sensor is tracking more than six satellites, then a second page is available for the 7th through the 12th satellite. At present, the UNS1M Satellite AZ/EL pages can accommodate a maximum of 12 GPS satellites (6) The GPS# Diagnostic page [22.X] [23.X]
GPS 2 DIAGNOSTIC
273 000000 277 000000
Callout 1.
DIAGNOSTIC:
ARINC 429 labels 273 and 277 hexadecimal diagnostic values are shown at this location and are used for troubleshooting only.
34-60-05
Page 550 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) Label 273 GPS Diagnostics APPROX. RESOLUTION: MAXIMUM VALUE: MINIMUM VALUE:
N/A N/A N/A
UNITS: DATA FORMAT: FULL SCALE:
N/A TBD N/A
ARINC 429 LABEL 273 GPS DIAGNOSTICS FIELD NAME BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION Label 01 1 Code = 273 Octal 02 0 03 1 04 1 05 1 06 0 07 1 08 1 6th 1 09 0 Spare 2 10 0 Spare 4 11 0 Spare 8 12 0 DADS Status 0 = Present 1 = Not Present 5th 1 13 X DADS Source 0 = Primary 1 = Secondary 2 14 X FMS Status 0 = Present 1 = Not Present 4 15 X FMS Source 0 = Primary 1 = Secondary 8 16 X Number of Satellites Visible (1X) 4th 1 17 X Number of Satellites Visible (2X) 2 18 X Number of Satellites Visible (4X) 4 19 X Number of Satellites Visible (8X) 8 20 X Number of Satellites Tracked (1X) 3rd 1 21 X Number of Satellites Tracked (2X) 2 22 X Number of Satellites Tracked (4X) 4 23 X Number of Satellites Tracked (8X) 8 24 X Spare 2nd 1 25 X Spare 2 26 X GPS Operational Mode 4 27 X GPS Operational Mode 8 28 X GPS Operational Mode 1st 1 29 X Reserved 2 30 X SM 4 31 X SM 8 32 X Odd
34-60-05
Page 551 14 July 2010

OP MODE 000 = SELF TEST MODE 001 = INITIALIZATION MODE 010 = ACQUISITION MODE 011 = NAVIGATION MODE ALTITUDE AIDING MODE SPARE SPARE FAULT
REMARKS:
SM
00 01 10 11
= = = =
NORMAL OPERATION NO COMPUTED DATA FUNCTIONAL TEST NOT USED BIT 30
100 101 110 111
= = = =
BIT 31
BIT 28
BIT 27
BIT 26
(8)
Label 277 GPS Diagnostics APPROX. RESOLUTION: MAXIMUM VALUE: MINIMUM VALUE:
N/A N/A N/A
UNITS: DATA FORMAT: FULL SCALE:
N/A TBD N/A
DIGIT
6th
5th
4th
3rd
2nd
1st
ARINC 429 LABEL 277 GPS DIAGNOSTICS BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION 1 1 Octal Label = 277 2 2 1 3 2 4 4 5 1 6 2 7 4 8 1 9 Unused 2 10 Unused 4 11 NavCore V Sig Proc Code Gen/Inj Failure 8 12 NavCore V Sig Proc VCO Failure 1 13 NavCore V Multifunction I/F Failure 2 14 NavCore V Preprocessor Failure 4 15 NavCore V Dig Sig Proc (DSP) Failure 8 16 NavCore Hi/Lo Order RAM Failure 1 17 NavCore ROM Failure 2 18 ARINC Receiver Parity Errors 4 19 Noisy Interrupt Exception 8 20 Spurious Interrupt Exception 1 21 Initialized Interrupt Exception 2 22 Bus or Address Error, Divide by Zero Trap 4 23 Msg Neg or Not Ack from NavCore V 8 24 Almanac Data or Age Msg no Rcvd by NavCore V 1 25 Test, Tmark, Sat Vis Msg No Rcvd fm NavCore V 2 26 ARINC Transmitter or Receiver Failure 4 27 RAM Address or Data Storage Fail 8 28 PROM Checksum Failure 1 29 Unreasonable Alt or Dup Sat Elev and Az 2 30 SSM 01 = Invalid 4 31 SSM 10 = Unused 8 32 Parity Bit
34-60-05
Page 552 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual O. Checkout of UNS1M Internal GPS (1) Initialization (a) (b) (c) (d) Apply aircraft power to the UNS1M. Turn on the UNS1M and initialize by verifying or entering correct date, time, and present position. Push [DATA] to select the Sensor Summary page. With the cursor showing in the upper right corner of the page, enter the number corresponding to the GPS and then push [ENTER] to select the GPS status page. NOTE: (d) (e) (2) The internal GPS may be configured as GPS1 or GPS2.
Wait until GPS status is NAV. At times, it may take up to 30 minutes to acquire a valid almanac from the satellites present. Verify status and operation of the UNS1M Internal GPS using the information presented below.
The internal GPS status page [20.X] [21.X]

GPS 2 STATUS NAV INTEG NONE Q= 2 # SAT 5 DIAGNOSTIC ---------------
1 2 3
Callout 1. GPS Status NAV - Normal navigation using GPS. ALT - Altitude aiding mode. ADC altitude being used to supplement satellite computed position. ACQ - GPS is acquiring satellites for navigation. TEST - GPS is in test mode. INIT - Internal GPS is initializing position. FAIL - GPS has failed, or no 429 data is being received by the UNS1M.
34-60-05
Page 553 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 2. GPS INTEG Status RADIO - Radio based (i.e., DME-DME) integrity monitoring. NONE - No integrity monitoring available. GPS position accuracy is not affected and will continue to be used for navigation. However, the pilot should monitor the NMS accuracy by comparing to other NAV sources, if available. ALARM - Integrity monitoring indicates a GPS error outside limits (2 NM Enroute for >30 sec, or 1 NM Terminal for >10 sec). Callout 3. Q Factor This is an error estimate in tenths of nautical miles (i.e., a typical GPS Q factor of 01 is equal to 0.1 NM or less circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor is not usable by the NMS. Callout 4. # SAT The number of satellites being tracked is displayed at this location. The # SAT value will never be greater than 5 since the GPS engine is 5 channels, however, all satellites in view (and healthy) will be used since the GPS scans each satellite in sequence. Callout 5. DIAGNOSTIC Hexadecimal diagnostic values are shown at this location and are used for troubleshooting only.
34-60-05
Page 554 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (3) Diagnostic Word [20.X] (a) Interpret the 8-digit diagnostic word using the following table. [20.X]
DIGIT 8th BIT WT. BIT NO. 1 1 2 2 4 3 8 4 1 5 2 6 4 7 8 8 1 9 2 10 4 11 8 12 1 13 2 14 4 15 8 16 1 17 2 18 4 19 8 20 1 21 2 22 4 23 8 24 1 25 2 26 4 27 8 28 1 29 2 30 4 31 8 32 DESCRIPTION Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Unsigned Bad Alt Mode Reinit Dup Sats Elev Azim Reinit Bad Ground speed Reinit Bad Alt Reinit Alm Ages Req Msg Not Ack Alm Data Req Msg Not Ack Amend Alt Msg Not Ack Alt Hold Msg Not Ack Tst Cmd Msg Not Ack Init Cmd Msg Not Ack Alm Ages Req Msg Neg Ack Alm Data Req Msg Neg Ack Amend Alt Msg Neg Ack Alt Hold Msg Neg Ack Tst Cmd Msg Neg Ack Init Cmd Msg Neg Ack Alm Age Msg Not Rcvd Alm Data Msg Not Rcvd Time Mark Msg Not Rcvd Tst Results Msg Not Rcvd Visible Sats Msg Not Rcvd NavCore Digital Signal Processing NavCore Hi Ram Fail NavCore Lo Ram Fail NavCore ROM Chksm Fail NavCore Sys Health Fail GPS Installed
7th
6th
5th
4th
3rd
2nd
1st
34-60-05
Page 555 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (b) Interpret the 4-digit diagnostic word using the following table. [20.X]
DIGIT 4th BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION 1 0 Altitude Accept - (will accept amended altitude values from Message 204) 2 1 Altitude Used - Altitude hold measurements were used in the navigation solution. 4 2 Altitude hold enabled 8 3 1 = NavCore V is in Navigation Mode 2 = NavCore V is in Acquisition Mode 1 4 LSB, Number of satellites from which measurements were 2 5 incorporated into the current navigation solution. 4 6 MSB 8 7 Spare 1 8 LSB, Figure of Merit, which is the 2 9 estimated three dimensional position 4 10 error, where: 8 11 1 = less than 26 meters 2 = 26 to 50 meters 3 = 51 to 75 meters 4 = 76 to 100 meters 5 = 101 to 200 meters 6 = 201 to 500 meters 7 = 501 to 1000 meters 8 = 1001 to 5000 meters 9 = greater than 5000 meters 1 12 Spare 2 13 Spare 4 14 Spare 8 15 Spare
3rd
2nd
1st
(4)
The internal GPS status page [22.X] [23.X] This page displays the GPS and GPS Integrity status for the internal GPS. The number of satellites being tracked, the horizontal integrity limit, and the horizontal and vertical dilution of precision are also shown on this page. The internal GPS can be configured as either GPS1 or GPS2.
GPS 2 STATUS NAV INTEG RADIO Q=01 #SAT 4 HIL XXXXX HDOP XXXXX VDOP XXXXX
N M
1 2 3
4 5 6
34-60-05
Page 556 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 1. GPS Status: NAV - Normal navigation status using GPS. ALT - Altitude aiding mode. ADC altitude being used to supplement satellite computed position. ACQ - GPS is acquiring satellites for navigation. TEST - GPS is in test mode. INIT - External GPS is initializing position. FAIL - GPS has failed, or no 429 data is being received by the UNS1M. Callout 2. GPS INTEG Status: RAIM - Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RADIO - Radio based (i.e., DME-DME) integrity monitoring. NONE - No integrity monitoring available. GPS position accuracy is not affected and will continue to be used for navigation. However, the pilot should monitor the NMS accuracy by comparing to other NAV sources, if available. ALARM - Integrity monitoring indicates a GPS error outside limits (2 NM Enroute for >30 sec, or 1 NM Terminal for >10 sec). Callout 3. Q Factor: This is an error estimate in tenths of nautical miles (i.e., a typical GPS Q factor of 01 is equal to 0.1 NM or less circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor is not usable by the NMS. Callout 4. # SAT The number of satellites being tracked is displayed at this location. When the GPS-950 is installed, the # SAT value will never be greater than 5 since the GPS engine is 5 channels, however, all satellites in view (and healthy) will be used since the GPS scans each satellite in sequence. Callout 5. Callout 6. (5) HIL : HDOP and VDOP: This is the Horizontal Integrity Limit. The range is 0.00 HIL 16.00 NM. These are the horizontal and vertical dilution of precision to hundredths. The blackball page [22.x] [23.X]
GPS SV SEL/DES DESEL SV# SELECT SV# 11
7 5 17 8
DES DES REQ AUT
9 REQ 2 DES 11 DES
34-60-05
Page 557 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 1. DESEL and SELECT: These are data entry fields used to enter the satellite vehicle number of a GPS satellite to deselect or select that satellite for use by the internal GPS unit. Callout 2. SV Status: This array displays the SV number and status of deselected GPS satellites. DES - Deselected. REQ - Deselect or select has been requested but the GPS unit has not yet responded. AUT - Deselected by the GPS, not the FMS. NOTE: (6) No more than 6 satellites may be deselected.
The GPS Satellite AZ/EL page [23.X]
1
SV 04 06 29 22 16 13 GPS 1 AS EL 122 38 93 87 248 11 248 22 223 45 180 02 SNTS 54A2 23F3 1811 2645 33A2 04A1
GPS 1 SV AS EL SNTS 09 127 53 34A2 15 35 67 36A2
The Satellite AZ/EL page shows one row of information about each GPS satellite vehicle (SV) currently being tracked by the GPS sensor. Callout 1. Signal to Noise ratio: Entries in the column headed SN show the signal to noise ratio for each satellite. Callout 2. Tracking Status: Entries in the column headed TS show the tracking status for each satellite. This information is for maintenance only and may be disregarded.
34-60-05
Page 558 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Callout 3. Second page: If the GPS sensor is tracking more than six satellites, then a second page is available for the 7th through the 12th satellite. At present, the UNS1M Satellite AZ/EL pages can accomodate a maximum of 12 GPS satellites (7) The GPS# Diagnostic page [22.X] [23.X]
GPS 2 DIAGNOSTIC
273 000000 277 000000
Callout 1.
DIAGNOSTIC:
ARINC 429 labels 273 and 277 hexadecimal diagnostic values are shown at this location and are used for troubleshooting only.
34-60-05
Page 559 14 July 2010
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (8) Label 273 GPS Diagnostics APPROX. RESOLUTION: MAXIMUM VALUE: MINIMUM VALUE: N/A N/A N/A UNITS: DATA FORMAT: FULL SCALE: N/A TBD N/A
ARINC 429 LABEL 273 GPS DIAGNOSTICS FIELD NAME BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION Label 01 1 Code = 273 Octal 02 0 03 1 04 1 05 1 06 0 07 1 08 1 6th 1 09 0 Spare 2 10 0 Spare 4 11 0 Spare 8 12 0 DADS Status 0 = Present 1 = Not Present 5th 1 13 X DADS Source 0 = Primary 1 = Secondary 2 14 X FMS Status 0 = Present 1 = Not Present 4 15 X FMS Source 0 = Primary 1 = Secondary 8 16 X Number of Satellites Visible (1X) 4th 1 17 X Number of Satellites Visible (2X) 2 18 X Number of Satellites Visible (4X) 4 19 X Number of Satellites Visible (8X) 8 20 X Number of Satellites Tracked (1X) 3rd 1 21 X Number of Satellites Tracked (2X) 2 22 X Number of Satellites Tracked (4X) 4 23 X Number of Satellites Tracked (8X) 8 24 X Spare 2nd 1 25 X Spare 2 26 X GPS Operational Mode 4 27 X GPS Operational Mode 8 28 X GPS Operational Mode 1st 1 29 X Reserved 2 30 X SM 4 31 X SM 8 32 X Odd
34-60-05
Page 560 17 July 2009

OP MODE 000 = SELF TEST MODE 001 = INITIALIZATION MODE 010 = ACQUISITION MODE 011 = NAVIGATION MODE ALTITUDE AIDING MODE SPARE SPARE FAULT
REMARKS:
SM
00 01 10 11
= = = =
NORMAL OPERATION NO COMPUTED DATA FUNCTIONAL TEST NOT USED BIT 30
100 101 110 111
= = = =
BIT 31
BIT 28
BIT 27
BIT 26
(9) MAXIMUM VALUE: MINIMUM VALUE:

DIGIT
Label 277 GPS Diagnostics N/A N/A N/A UNITS: DATA FORMAT: FULL SCALE: N/A TBD N/A
APPROX. RESOLUTION:
6th
5th
4th
3rd
2nd
1st
ARINC 429 LABEL 277 GPS DIAGNOSTICS BIT WT. BIT NO. DESCRIPTION 1 1 Octal Label = 277 2 2 1 3 2 4 4 5 1 6 2 7 4 8 1 9 Unused 2 10 Unused 4 11 NavCore V Sig Proc Code Gen/Inj Failure 8 12 NavCore V Sig Proc VCO Failure 1 13 NavCore V Multifunction I/F Failure 2 14 NavCore V Preprocessor Failure 4 15 NavCore V Dig Sig Proc (DSP) Failure 8 16 NavCore Hi/Lo Order RAM Failure 1 17 NavCore ROM Failure 2 18 ARINC Receiver Parity Errors 4 19 Noisy Interrupt Exception 8 20 Spurious Interrupt Exception 1 21 Initialized Interrupt Exception 2 22 Bus or Address Error, Divide by Zero Trap 4 23 Msg Neg or Not Ack from NavCore V 8 24 Almanac Data or Age Msg no Rcvd by NavCore V 1 25 Test, Tmark, Sat Vis Msg No Rcvd fm NavCore V 2 26 ARINC Transmitter or Receiver Failure 4 27 RAM Address or Data Storage Fail 8 28 PROM Checksum Failure 1 29 Unreasonable Alt or Dup Sat Elev and Az 2 30 SSM 01 = Invalid 4 31 SSM 10 = Unused 8 32 Parity Bit
34-60-05
Page 561 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual P. Ground Checkout of Approach Mode [20.X] [21.X] [22.X] The following procedure allows checkout of the UNS1M and associated aircraft equipment in the approach mode without flying the aircraft. Although this is a comprehensive check of operation in that mode, a flight test will be required to fully verify approach mode capabilities and may be done instead of this checkout. (1) Required Equipment (a) Ramp Testers with DME and VOR capabilities. NOTE: To fully perform the following procedure requires a pair of ramp testers tunable to 108.00, one for DME and one for VOR. If ramp testers of other frequencies are used, the procedures must be changed accordingly. If ramp testers are not available, the RNAV approach specified in one of the steps must be replaced by a VFR approach. Where that is necessary, the resulting checkout will not be as complete but will provide useful data for EFIS equipped aircraft. (b) (2) (a) Pitot-Static Tester or equivalent. Turn on and tune the VOR ramp tester to output a frequency of 108.00 and a radial of 149 degrees. Place ramp tester antenna next to the aircraft VOR Antenna. Turn on and tune the DME ramp tester to output a frequency paired with the 108.00 MHz VOR output, and a fixed 27 NM distance output. Place ramp tester Antenna next to aircraft DME antenna. CAUTION: APPLY PRESSURE TO THE PITOT SYSTEM OF THE AIRCRAFT CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THAT EQUIPMENT. Use the pitot-static tester or equivalent device to set pressures equal to a TAS of about 50 kts and a 4000 ft MSL altitude.
Test Equipment Set Up
(b)
(c) (3)
Initialization (a) Turn on the UNS1M, ADC, Autopilot and associated devices. With Initialization Page showing, proceed as follows:
34-60-05
Page 562 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (b) Push [ENTER] until the cursor is in the present position, <PP> ID, field, input KRIER, and push [ENTER]. The Jeppesen Enroute page will appear showing the latitude and longitude of KRIER, N 37 25.23, W 099 48.64.
(4)
Creating the Approach WARNING: TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL USE OF THE APPROACH OR FLIGHT PLAN THAT IS INPUT AS PART OF THIS TEST, DELETE THEM AFTER COMPLETING THE TEST. (a) (b) Push [DATA} and then push [MENU] to display the DATA MENU page. With the cursor in the upper right corner of the display, enter the number corresponding to PLT APPRS, and then push [ENTER]. The PLT APPR page appears.
PLT APPR -----
(c) (d)
Push [ENTER] to accept the position. Enter KDDC in the highlighted data entry field and then push [ENTER].
PLT APPR KDDC 1 <CREATE>
NOTE:
The approach which is simulated for this test is similar to a VOR/DME Approach to runway 32, Dodge City, Kansas, USA. An approach chart has been provided for that location and may be referenced for convenience.
34-60-05
Page 563 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual WARNING: DO NOT USE FOR NAVIGATION.
Approach Chart, KDDC, Runway 32. Reproduced with permission of Jeppesen Sanderson, Inc. WARNING: DO NOT USE FOR NAVIGATION.
34-60-05
Page 564 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (e) (f) (g) (h) Enter 1 over the highlighted KDDC and then push [ENTER]. Push [LIST]. The RUNWAY LIST page will appear. Enter the number for Runway 32 and then push [ENTER]. The APPROACH TYPE page will appear. Enter the number for VFR and then push [ENTER]. An approach definition page will appear.
KDDC VFR 32
RNWY 32 TYPE VFR FACILITY ---FREQ ---.-01-DEC-94
(i) (j)
Push [LIST]. A list of VORs will appear with the number for DDC highlighted in the upper right corner of the display. Push [ENTER] to accept the DDC VOR. The approach definition page will appear with the facility and frequency filled in and the cursor on the date. NOTE: If 108.20 is not displayed in the FREQ entry field, input 108.00 at this time. Although the VOR ramp tester is set to output 108.00 MHz, its bandwidth is sufficient to cover the VOR receiver even though it is set to 108.20. Therefore it is not necessary to exactly match the receiver input to the tester output.
(k)
Push [DATA]. The next approach definition page will appear.

KDDC FAF VFR 32
-----
FR FAF TO RNWY INBD CRS ---T DIST --.-
34-60-05
Page 565 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (l) Enter MODGE in the FAF field and then push [ENTER] twice. This action enters the name and accepts the location from the Jeppesen data base. The remaining fields in the display will be filled in automatically.
KDDC FAF VFR 32
MODGE
FR FAF TO RNWY INBD CRS 332T DIST 4.0
(m) (n)
Verify that the INBD CRS is 332 degrees and the DIST is 4.0. Push [DATA]. The next approach definition page will appear.
KDDC ----MODGE +--.RW32 FPA VFR 32
< --------< ----2585 ---.-
(o)
Push [ENTER] until the cursor advances to the field to the right of MODGE @, enter 3900, and then push [ENTER] twice to move the cursor to the field to the right of RW32 @. Enter 2940 and push [ENTER]. The cursor will advance to the FPA field which should read: - 2.3 degrees.
(p) (5)
Linking Approach into Flight Plan (a) (b) Push [FPL], enter 1 in the highlighted COPY ROUTE # field, and then push [ENTER]. The FLT PLAN 1/ 1 page will appear. Push [ENTER] to bring cursor onto the page at item 1.
FLT PLAN 1 1/ 1
34-60-05
Page 566 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (c) (d) (e) Input KRIER and push [ENTER] twice. This action enters the name and accepts the location from the Jeppesen data base. Enter KDDC in item 2, and push [ENTER] twice. This action enters the name and accepts the location from the Jeppesen data base. Push [MENU], enter the number for ARRIVE, and then push [ENTER]. The DEP/ARR page will appear.
DEP/ARR ORIG KRIER
DEST KDDC APPR ------TRANS ----GPS INTG DEST ETA --:-?
(f) (g) (h) (i)
Push [ENTER]. A list of approaches to KDDC will appear. Enter the number for the VFR 32 PLT approach and then push [ENTER]. Enter an ETA of 20 to 30 minutes into the future and push [ENTER]. Push [FPL] until FLT PLAN 1/ n appears. The flight plan should show a flashing *DIS* after KRIER.
FLT PLAN 1 KRIER 2 *DIS* 3 *APR* CRS 332 4 MODGE 1/ 3
(j) (k) (6)
Push [ENTER].until the cursor is on the flashing *DIS* and then push [BACK]. The display will ask DELETE LEG? and show a blank cursor. Push [ENTER]. The approach is now linked to the flight plan.
Selecting Approach Mode and Checking Annunciation (a) (b) Display MNVR and select ACT.APPR. Verify that approach mode is announced on flight instrument such as the panel NMS APP or the EFIS display. Pass Fail
34-60-05
Page 567 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (7) Inputting Manual HDG (a) Display DATE and UTC page and push [ENTER] until the HDG SOURCE page is displayed.
DATE 05-DEC-94 UTC 16:41.25 HDG(----) --VAR E008 ROLLCMD ----.VDEV ------
(b) (c)
Enter the number for MAN and push [ENTER]. Enter 329 and push [ENTER].
DATE 05-DEC-94 UTC 16:41.25 HDG(----) --VAR E008 ROLLCMD ----.VDEV ------
(d) (8)
Display NAV Page.
Analysis of Approach Mode Display, Aircraft Static (a) (b) Select NMS on HSI. Refer to Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement (AFMS) for those procedures. A XTK to the right will be shown and the HSI needle will direct a course to the left. Pass Fail If there is a second EFIS or other backup flight instruments, do the above checks on those also indicate failures: ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________
(c)
(9)
Analysis of Approach Mode Display, Aircraft In Flight To simulate flight, speed and altitude inputs must be provided to the UNS1M. The instructions below cause the ADC to be selected which provides TAS and altitude. To provide aircraft ground speed, the DME ramp tester distance output must be set so that it decreases the distance it outputs, causing the aircraft to fly.
34-60-05
Page 568 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Set up equipment as follows: (a) (b) (c) Display Sensor Summary Page and select ADC. Display NAV APPR Page. On the DME ramp tester, set a distance slew rate equal to about 180 kts. If the tester does not have a slewing capability, reduce its distance outputs in increments until it is down to about 4 miles while observing UNS1M and other instruments outputs. NOTE: UNS1M VDEV and HSI glide slope pointer will function as follows only if the vertical mode is connected and a baro-corrected altitude is available from ADC.
(d)
Verify that as the aircraft flies to MODGE, UNS1M VDEV will decrease toward, and then pass, zero. At the same time, the glide slope pointer will approach and pass through center along with the command bars. Pass Fail XTK will go to zero as will CDI offset. Flight director bars will go to the horizontal position. Pass Fail Indicate failures: ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________
(e)
(f)
Q.
NAV Receiver Shutdown (1) Shut down NAV Receiver. NOTE: With the UNS1M in the RNAV approach mode, the following responses to NAV receiver shut down will occur. These are typical equipment responses to NAV receiver shutdown. Responses will vary depending on the equipment. Consult equipment manuals for proper response.
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
MSG Key will flash. When MSG Key is pushed, TUNE NAV AID will be displayed. Pass Fail On HSI, if present, NAV Flag will drop. Pass Fail Pass Fail
On EFIS, if present, LRN MODE Flag will be displayed. Shut down remaining aircraft equipment. Repeat procedure for other UNS1M if present.
34-60-05
Page 569 17 July 2009
3.
Troubleshooting
When a UNS1M Navigation System fails any of the tests in the checkout section, troubleshoot it per the procedures below. Troubleshooting instructions are provided in the form of a three-column table, one column of which lists equipment symptoms or describes the portion of the checkout procedure which the unit did not pass. These Malfunction/Symptoms are listed in approximately the same sequence as were the checkouts. The second column lists probable causes. The third column describes the corrective action(s) for the listed cause(s) of the malfunction. After performing the listed corrective action, repeat the failed test to ensure that the problem has been corrected. Then complete the checkout procedure from the point where it was interrupted. Should the corrective action be of the type which could affect tests already passed, redo those tests also. Where more than one corrective action is listed, the first action listed is the most likely to be effective or is the simplest and should be performed first. If, where there is more than one corrective action listed, performing the first action does not correct the problem, perform the next action listed, etc. However, when replacement of a major component such as the NCU is recommended, it is permissible to replace individual circuit boards instead if personnel are authorized to do so. NOTE: Ensure that you have eliminated all other potential causes of trouble before returning the UNS1M or other major component for repair. Verify that the installation wiring is correct. Determine whether the correct input and output voltages are present. Verify that the required ARINC labels are present on the data busses.
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M is configured incorrectly. 2. UNS1M is defective. 1. This indicates a situation which does not necessarily make the navigation system unusable. 2. Analog board fail can be caused by incorrect aircraft wiring. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Reconfigure UNS1M. 2. Replace UNS1M 1. Push and hold the MSG key. This will cause the display to provide failure information which may allow a quick correction. 2. Check and correct aircraft wiring. Replace UNS1M.
A.
Self-Test
TROUBLE Aircraft type shown on self-test page is not the same as that shown on Figure 1. The self-test page shows a FAIL next to one or more of the items but after a short time the self-test page is replaced by the Initialization page.
The self-test page shows a FAIL but is not replaced by the Initialization page. This indicates a problem which makes the navigation system unusable. UNS1M key does not illuminate. One or more of the remote annunciators does not illuminate during self-test. Display brightness does not respond properly to dimming feature. Keyboard brightness cannot be controlled by the radio lighting rheostat.
UNS1M is defective. 1. Annuciator is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. UNS1M is defective. Radio lighting rheostat is defective.
Replace UNS1M. 1. Troubleshoot annunciator per manufacturers instructions. 2. Replace UNS1M. Replace UNS1M. Repair radio lighting rheostat or its wiring.
34-60-05
Page 570 17 July 2009
B.
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual Initialization Page

PROBABLE CAUSE UNS1M has the wrong software programming. Incorrect database. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace UNS1M Update database per the applicable Operators Manual.
TROUBLE Software is not the correct version. DEXP is out of date.
C.
Self-Test Output Checkout

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M to HSI wiring is incorrect.. 2. 3. 4. 1. UNS1M is defective. HSI is defective. Configuration incorrect. UNS1M to autopilot/flight director wiring is reversed or open. 2. Flight director is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. 1. CORRECTIVE ACTION Check and rewire as necessary. (See Troubleshooting, Synchro: Wiring to Receiver.) Replace UNS1M. Replace HSI. Reconfigure UNS1M. Rewire correctly.
TROUBLE HSI does not show required output Trouble confirmed by static test.
Flight director does not command a 10 right bank. Trouble confirmed by static test.
2. 3. 4. 1.
2. Replace flight director. 3. Replace UNS1M.
D.
Configuration Module Checkout

PROBABLE CAUSE Configuration Module hardware status is FAIL Configuration Module data set status is FAIL 1. NV RAM data set status is fail. 2. Configuration Module data set status and NV RAM data set status are both fail. 3. Configuration Module hardware status and NV RAM data set status are both fail. 1. Configuration Module and NV RAM data content are not the same while the NMS Version Numbers are the same and the NMS Revision Levels are the same or different. 2. Configuration Module and NV RAM data content are not the same and the NMS Version Numbers are different. User has created a fuel configuration that cannot be processed CORRECTIVE ACTION Configure system using data from NMS. Configure system using data from NMS. 1. Load Configuration Module data. 2. Use default data. 3. Use default data. 1. Load Configuration Module data.
TROUBLE CONF MOD FAIL message. CONF DATA FAIL message. NV MEMORY FAIL
UPDATE CONFIG message.
2. Use default data.
INV FUEL CONF message.
Enter valid fuel configuration.
34-60-05
Page 571 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual E. Flight Plan Checkout (1) Flight Plan - NCU Output To HSI Checkout
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M to HSI wiring is incorrect. 2. Configuration is incorrect. 3. UNS1M is defective. 4. HSI is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and rewire as necessary. (See Troubleshooting, Synchro: Wiring to Receiver.) 2. Reconfigure. 3. Replace UNS1M. 4. Replace HSI.
TROUBLE HSI does not show required output. Trouble confirmed by static test.
(2)
Flight Plan - DIST/GS Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. HSI is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct wiring. 2. Replace HSI. 3. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE DIST is not counting down or GS (ground speed) is not about 150 kts. Trouble confirmed by static test.
(3)
Flight Plan - HSI From Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. HSI is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct wiring. 2. Replace HSI. 3. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE HSI does not show FROM indication. Trouble confirmed by static test.
(4)
Flight Plan - DIST/BRG Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE UNS1M does not show distance of about 284 NM or bearing of 056. Trouble confirmed by static test. HSI does not show above values.
Multifunction display (MFD) does not show correct display.
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Aircraft wiring is incorrect. HSI is defective. UNS1M is defective. MPU is defective. MFD is defective. Wiring to MFD is incorrect. UNS1M is defective.
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Check and correct wiring. Replace HSI. Replace UNS1M. Replace MPU. Replace MFD. Check and correct wiring. Replace UNS1M.
(5)
Flight Plan - Roll Steering Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M to autopilot/flight director wiring is reversed. 2. Flight guidance equipment is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. 1. Annunciator or its wiring is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Rewire. 2. Checkout and correct. 3. Replace UNS1M. 1. Repair as required. 2. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE Control yoke does not rotate in specified direction. Trouble confirmed by static test.
NMS HDG remote annunciator does not illuminate. Trouble confirmed by static test.
34-60-05
Page 572 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual F. Input of a Selected Crosstrack Check
PROBABLE CAUSE UNS1M is defective. MFD is defective. 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. HSI is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace UNS1M. Take corrective action. 1. Check and correct wiring. 2. Replace HSI. 3. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE UNS1M displays are not as required. MFD display is incorrect. Trouble confirmed by static test. HSI CDI does not deflect as required. Trouble confirmed by static test.
G.
DME Checkout
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. DME sensor or wiring is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Determine which and correct. 2. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE DME sensor status page does not show 50 NM. Trouble confirmed by static test.
H.
Winds Display Checkout

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. EFIS strapping is incorrect. 2. EHSI drive computer is defective. 3. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct EFIS strapping. 2. Replace drive computer. 3. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE Winds display on EHSI does not agree with that on the UNS1M.
I.
Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Display

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M configuration is incorrect. 2. UNS1M is defective. 1. IRS or its wiring is defective. 3. UNS1M configuration is incorrect. 3. UNS1M is defective. 1. ISS or its wiring is defective. 2. UNS1M configuration is incorrect. 3. UNS1M is defective. IRS is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Reconfigure UNS1M. 2. Replace UNS1M. 1. Repair as required. 2. Reconfigure UNS1M. 3. Replace UNS1M. 1. Repair as required. 2. Reconfigure UNS1M. 3. Replace UNS1M. Replace IRS.
TROUBLE UNS1M does not show FAILED when ISS is off. UNS1M does not show ALIGN (where applicable) when MSU is set to align. UNS1M does not show NAV (where applicable) when MSU is set to NAV. UNS1M HDG IN does not agree with the reference heading. UNS1M HDG IN does not agree with HSI HDG.
1. IRS or its wiring are defective. 1. Repair as required. 2. UNS1M is defective. 2. Replace UNS1M.
34-60-05
Page 573 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual J. Checkout of Omega Sensor Status and Heading Display
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. OSS is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct wiring. 2. Replace OSS.
TROUBLE OSS HDG IN does not agree with the reference heading.
K.
Checkout of Sensor Lat/Long Coordinates vs. UNS1M-Calculated Position

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. UNS1M position is wrong. 2. You may not have adequate LCS coverage. 3. For OSS sensor only: Required VLF or Omega station(s) is off the air 4. Sensor system is defective. 5. UNS1M is defective. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CORRECTIVE ACTION Check UNS1M position and correct lat/lon as required. Verify LCS coverage is adequate. Check station maintenance chart in Navigation Systems (Page 601) Repair sensor system. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE Sensor supplied coordinates do not agree with actual aircraft position.
L.
Strut Switch Position Check

PROBABLE CAUSE Strut switch is wired incorrectly or the wiring is open. CORRECTIVE ACTION Check wiring and repair as necessary.
TROUBLE UNS1M display indicates strut switch is in incorrect position.
M.
Antenna Type Check

PROBABLE CAUSE OSS mount rack is incorrectly strapped. CORRECTIVE ACTION Correct strapping.
TROUBLE UNS1M display indicates incorrect antenna type.
N.
H-Field Antenna Orientation Check

PROBABLE CAUSE OSS mount rack is incorrectly strapped CORRECTIVE ACTION Correct strapping.
TROUBLE UNS1M displays incorrect antenna type.
34-60-05
Page 574 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual O. True Airspeed Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. ADC is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and repair as necessary. 2. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE TAS on ADC page is incorrect.
P.
Ground Speed Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. OSS is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct OSS. 2. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE UNS1M ground speed display does not agree with GS determined in sensor checkout.
Q.
True Heading Check

PROBABLE CAUSE 1. OSS is defective. 2. UNS1M is defective. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct OSS. 2. Replace UNS1M.
TROUBLE UNS1M HDG display does not agree with HDG sensor checkout.
R.
GPS
PROBABLE CAUSE Defective GPS antenna, wiring, or unit. CORRECTIVE ACTION Troubleshoot and repair or replace defective component.
TROUBLE GPS diagnostic Code indicates fault in GPS sensor system.
S.
Maintenance Selftest
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. Faulty ARINC source. 2. ARINC Board is defective. 1. Faulty GPS sensor unit. 2. ARINC Board is defective 1. Faulty source 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. Auxilary Board is defective. Faulty Source. Analog Board is defective. Faulty Source. Monitor Board is defective. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. CORRECTIVE ACTION Troubleshoot source. Replace ARINC Board. Replace external GPS sensor or internal GPS Board as appropriate. Replace ARINC Board Troubleshoot source (CSDB, Heading source, or Fuel Flow sensor as indicated Replace Auxiliary Board. Troubleshoot source. Replace Analog Board. Troubleshoot source. Replace Analog Board.
TROUBLE Hex code in ARINC entry indicates problem or fault. Hex code in GPS entry indicated problem or fault.
Hex code in AUX entry indicates problem or fault.
Hex code in Analog entry indicates problem or fault. Hex code in Monitor entry indicates problem or fault.
34-60-05
Page 575 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual T. Ground Checkout of Approach Mode
PROBABLE CAUSE 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. Incompatibility between UNS1M and EFIS hardware or software. 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. Incompatibility between UNS1M and EFIS hardware or software. 1. Aircraft wiring is incorrect. 2. Incompatibility between UNS1M and EFIS hardware or software. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Check and correct. 2. Resolve the incompatibility. 1. Check and correct. 2. Resolve the incompatibility. 1. Check and correct. 2. Resolve the incompatibility.
TROUBLE Approach mode is not announced by remote annunciator or EFIS.
XTRK, HSI or command bars do not agree with requirements in analysis of Approach Mode Display section. VDEV, glide slope pointer or command bars do not agree with requirements in Analysis of Approach Mode Display section.
U.
NAV Receiver Shutdown

CORRECTIVE ACTION Verify correct circuit breaker and repeat checkout. 1. Repair HSI. 2. Check and correct wiring. Resolve the incompatibility.
TROUBLE Tune NAV Aid is not displayed when MSG key is pushed.
PROBABLE CAUSE NAV receiver is not connected to the circuit breaker which was pulled. HSI flag does not drop. 1. HSI is defective. 2. Wiring to HSI is defective. EFIS does not display LRN MODE EFIS software is not compatible flag. with UNS1M.
34-60-05
Page 576 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual V. Synchros and Resolvers (1) If checkout indicates synchro related malfunction, troubleshoot as follows: The simplest circumstance is that the HSI turns the same number of degrees as the input signal requires it to but in the opposite direction. In that case, the corrective action is to reverse the wires between terminals X and Y. For a circumstance other than that above, compare the actual HSI reading to the required reading and refer to the following tables. For example, if the HSI reads 180 degrees more than the input angle sent to it, the corrective action is to reverse the wires between terminals H and C. If the HSI reads 180 degrees less than the angle sent to it, corrective action is to reverse the wires between terminals H and C and between terminals X and Y.
HSI DEVIATION 60 Degrees CORRECTIVE ACTION PLUS DEVIATION MINUS DEVIATION Reverse H and C Reverse H and C Move Y To X Reverse Y and Z Move X To Z Move Z To Y Move Z To X Reverse X and Z Move Y To Z Move X To Y Reverse H and C Reverse H and C Reverse X and Y Move Y To X Reverse Y and Z Move X To Z Move Z To Y Reverse H and C Reverse H and C Move Z To X Reverse X and Z Move Y To Z Move X To Y
120 Degrees 180 Degrees 240 Degrees 300 Degrees
34-60-05
Page 577 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual (2) The following table presents nominal voltages for ARINC 404 Synchros and Standard Resolvers. The ARINC 404 has 11.8 Vac line-to-line synchro output. The Standard Resolver has 9.0 Vac line-to-line resolver output.
ARINC 404 SYNCHRO X-Y LEG Vac X-Z LEG Vac Y-Z LEG Vac 0.0 10.2 10.2 3.1 11.4 8.3 5.9 11.8 5.9 8.3 11.4 3.1 10.2 10.2 0.0 11.4 8.3 3.1 11.8 5.9 5.9 11.4 3.1 8.3 10.2 0.0 10.2 8.3 3.1 11.4 5.9 5.9 11.8 3.1 8.3 11.4 0.0 10.2 10.2 3.1 11.4 8.3 5.9 11.8 5.9 8.3 11.4 3.1 10.2 10.2 0.0 11.4 8.3 3.1 11.8 5.9 5.9 11.4 3.1 8.3 10.2 0.0 10.2 8.3 3.1 11.4 5.9 5.9 11.8 3.1 8.3 11.4 0.0 10.2 10.2 STANDARD RESOLVER COS Vac SIN Vac 9.0 0.0 8.7 2.3 7.8 4.5 6.4 6.4 4.5 7.8 2.3 8.7 0.0 9.0 2.3 8.7 4.5 7.8 6.4 6.4 7.8 4.5 8.7 2.3 9.0 0.0 8.7 2.3 7.8 4.5 6.4 6.4 4.5 7.8 2.3 8.7 0.0 9.0 2.3 8.7 4.5 7.8 6.4 6.4 7.8 4.5 8.7 2.3 9.0 0.0
ANGLE DEG. 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300 315 330 345 360
34-60-05
Page 578 17 July 2009
UNS1M FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL
Navigation Systems
1. Scheduled Maintenance Periods of Navigation Systems
Maintenance periods are subject to change. Information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN may be obtained on the Internet at: www.navcen.uscg.mil Additional information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN is available from: 703-313-5900 Commanding Officer Navigation System Center 7323 Telegraph Road Alexandria, VA 22310-3998 A. B. DGPS Maintenance Schedules Differential GPS maintenance schedules are not available. GPS Maintenance Schedules The Global Positioning System has no scheduled maintenance that affects the availability of the system. C. LORAN Maintenance Schedules The LORAN system has no regular schedule for maintenance of its transmitting stations.
34-60-05
Page 601 17 July 2009
Fuel Flow Inputs

1. Fuel Flow Sensors
The UNS-1M accepts up to two DC Analog and Pulsed DC fuel flow (FF) inputs directly from the engine fuel flow meter sensors. Manual fuel flow inputs can also be accomplished. NOTE: The Fuel Flow management information provided by the UNS-1M NMS has not been evaluated to the requirements of TSO C44a (FUEL FLOWMETERS). Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel flow gauges for fuel load and range planning. For information relating aircraft type to fuel flowmeter type and corresponding fuel flow scaling, refer to System Data Installation in this manual.
NOTE:
2.
A.
Fuel Flow Wiring

Intertechnique Fuel Flow
UNS-1M #1 OR #2 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L 36 37 P1
100 k
TOTALIZER B E
100 k
#2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT
H L
38 39
CAUTION:
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 701 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual B. IDC, CMC Eldec, Ragen, X & O Engineering, Gull, Amtek, or Howell
NCU #1 OR #2 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L A B P1 FLOW INDICATORS* PULSE OR DC REF #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
H L
C D
PULSE OR DC REF
#2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
* IDC Indicator Eldec Indicator Howell Indicator Ragen Indicator CMC Indicator
P/N 37804-00X P/N 9-328 P/N H930-7 or H930-17 P/N DSF1549 P/N 418-107-100 (CL600) 418-107-104 (CL601) P/N 418-082-001 (DA-10)
Pulse - Pin T, REF = Pin N Pulse - Pin G, REF - Pin S DC - Pin K, REF - Pin J DC - Pin G, REF - Pin F DC - Pin D, REF - Pin M J1 Conn. = #1 Eng. J2 Conn. = #2 Eng. Lt. Eng. DC - Pin J, REF - Pin M Rt. Eng. DC - Pin H, REF - Pin M Pulse - Pin D, REF - Pin C J1 Conn. = #1 Eng. J2 Conn. = #2 Eng. DC - Pin E, REF - Pin C of indicator DC - Pin K, REF - Pin L Lt. Eng. DC - Pin a, REF - Pin T Rt. Eng. DC - Pin J, REF - Pin N
Foxboro Sig. Cond. Unit Howell Indicator with Simmons Precision Xmtr Gull Indicator Ametek Indicator CAUTION:
P/N PC 850-102
P/N H033-5 P/N 472015 P/N 218-913-001 (Citation III)
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL NAVIGATION CORPORATION.
34-60-05
Page 702 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual C. Learjet/J.E.T. Fuel Management (Pulse)
NCU #1 OR #2 P1 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L A B J207 X J.E.T. FUEL MANAGEMENT COMPUTER MODEL 260E
H L
C D
J.E.T. Service Bulletin 542-1158-7 is required. CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL NAVIGATION CORPORATION.
D.
Learjet DC Fuel Management (0-10 Vdc)

NCU #1 OR #2 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L P1 A B
AE5894 5 2 FUEL FLOW CONVERTER P/N 3118493
L H
D C 1
CAUTION:
34-60-05
Page 703 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual E. Amtek DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N VSDLOC208B, (Cessna P/N 9914095-3) in Cessna Citation II
NCU #1 OR #2 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L P1 A B
FUEL FLOW INDICATOR a T B #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
H L
C D
J N C
#2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
CAUTION:
F.
X & O Engineering DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N PC900-1A0800PH01A1, in Sikorsky S-76
NCU #1 OR #2 FUEL FLOW INDICATOR #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L A B L M P #2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L C D L M P #2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
CAUTION:
34-60-05
Page 704 17 July 2009
UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual G. Ametek/U.S. Gauge DC Analog Fuel Flow Indicator, P/N VSDL-0CS0C/E, (Cessna P/N 9912147-14/16) in Cessna S/II
NCU #1 OR #2 #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L A B
P1
1K
(NOTE 1) F D H (NOTE 1) W U b #2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR #1 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INDICATOR
1K #2 ENGINE FUEL FLOW INPUT H L C D
Note:
1. Idle-cutoff switches on throttles. IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL NAVIGATION CORPORATION.
CAUTION:
34-60-05
Page 705 17 July 2009

34 60 05 - FMS 1M

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

34 60 05 - FMS 1M

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNS1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1994, 2010 UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

Page 1 14 July 2010

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

Record of Temporary Changes

Page 1 17 July 2009

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

List of Effective Pages

Description and Operation

List of Effective Pages

Page 1 14 July 2010

UNS-1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL

List of Effective Pages

Page 2 14 July 2010

UNS-1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL

List of Effective Pages

Page 3 14 July 2010

UNS-1M NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL MANUAL

List of Effective Pages

Page 4 14 July 2010

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

Description and Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1

Page 1 17 July 2009

Page 2 17 July 2009

Equipment Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------- 201

Page 3 17 July 2009

Page 4 17 July 2009

Installation and Wiring ------------------------------------------------------------------- 301

Page 5 17 July 2009

System Data Installation ------------------------------------------------------------------401

Page 6 17 July 2009

Page 7 17 July 2009

Maintenance, Checkout, and Troubleshooting -----------------------------------------501

Page 8 17 July 2009

Page 9 17 July 2009

Page 10 17 July 2009

Navigation Systems ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 601

Fuel Flow Inputs--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 701

Page 11 17 July 2009

Page 12 17 July 2009

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

Makeup and Use of This Manual

STANDALONE GPS SYSTEM A1 A2

REMOTE GPS SENSOR INTERFACED TO A MULTI-SENSOR NAVIGATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4

Abbreviations and Terminology

Page 2 17 July 2009

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual

Description and Operation

UNS1M Navigation Management System

Page 1 17 July 2009

Page 2 17 July 2009

Page 3 17 July 2009

Page 4 17 July 2009

Page 5 17 July 2009

FUEL FLOW (DC or Pulse)

CABIN DISPLA Y SYSTEM

Page 6 17 July 2009

VOR FUEL FLOW (DC or Pulse)

Page 7 17 July 2009

Page 8 17 July 2009

Page 9 17 July 2009

UNS1M Navigation Management System Technical Manual